diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel')
163 files changed, 50545 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cf241466 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the Audio Input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "AudioInput.h" + +/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */ +static bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false; + +/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */ +static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000; + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial + * setup of all components and the main program loop. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + LEDs_Init(); + Buttons_Init(); + ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32); + ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL); + USB_Init(); + + /* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */ + ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL)); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and + * configures the sample update and PWM timers. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); + + /* Sample reload timer initialization */ + TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A); + OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1); + TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode + TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Stop the sample reload timer */ + TCCR0B = 0; + + /* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */ + StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false; + + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup Audio Stream Endpoint */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, 2); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Process General and Audio specific control requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case REQ_SetInterface: + /* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */ + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */ + StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0); + } + + break; + case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus: + /* Get Status request can be directed at either the interface or endpoint, neither is currently used + * according to the latest USB Audio 1.0 standard, but must be ACKed with no data when requested */ + if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) || + (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)) + { + /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being set */ + uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex; + uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8); + + /* Only handle SET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */ + if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)) + { + uint8_t SampleRate[3]; + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate)); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */ + CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)SampleRate[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)SampleRate[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)SampleRate[0]); + + /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */ + OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1); + } + } + + break; + case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)) + { + /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being retrieved */ + uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex; + uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8); + + /* Only handle GET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */ + if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)) + { + uint8_t SampleRate[3]; + + /* Convert the sampling rate value into the 24-bit format the host expects for the property */ + SampleRate[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16); + SampleRate[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8); + SampleRate[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF); + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate)); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + } + + break; + } +} + +/** ISR to handle the reloading of the data endpoint with the next sample. */ +ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) +{ + uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(); + + /* Select the audio stream endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR); + + /* Check if the current endpoint can be written to and that the audio interface is enabled */ + if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected) + { + int16_t AudioSample; + + #if defined(USE_TEST_TONE) + static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount; + static int16_t CurrentWaveValue; + + /* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */ + if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF) + CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000; + + /* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */ + AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0; + #else + /* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */ + AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult()); + + #if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL) + /* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */ + AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2); + #endif + #endif + + /* Write the sample to the buffer */ + Endpoint_Write_16_LE(AudioSample); + + /* Check to see if the bank is now full */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + /* Send the full packet to the host */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + } + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint); +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..718df7cb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for AudioInput.c. + */ + +#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_ +#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */ + #define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF + + /** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */ + #define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9dc6c36b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Audio Class</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>Standard Audio Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n + * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n + * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference + * application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the + * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers + * required). + * + * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a + * USB microphone. By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone + * when the board button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the + * project makefile, incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled + * and sent to the host computer instead. + * + * When in microphone mode, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 2. + * + * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option + * to automatically install the appropriate drivers. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> + * <th><b>Location:</b></th> + * <th><b>Description:</b></th> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed + * instead of sampling the board microphone.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ff8ed270d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief Application Configuration Header File + * + * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of + * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to + * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a + * makefile or build system. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the + * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. + */ + +#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ +#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ + + #define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2 + + #define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL + #define USE_TEST_TONE + +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6048c1d80 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55e09244c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2047, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .Audio_ControlInterface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 0, + + .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, + .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass, + .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, + + .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0), + .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) + + sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) + + sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)), + + .InCollection = 1, + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, + }, + + .Audio_InputTerminal = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal, + + .TerminalID = 0x01, + .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC, + .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00, + + .TotalChannels = 1, + .ChannelConfig = 0, + + .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_OutputTerminal = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal, + + .TerminalID = 0x02, + .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING, + .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00, + + .SourceID = 0x01, + + .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 0, + + .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, + .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass, + .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, + .AlternateSetting = 1, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, + .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass, + .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General, + + .TerminalLink = 0x02, + + .FrameDelay = 1, + .AudioFormat = 0x0001 + }, + + .Audio_AudioFormat = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) + + sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates), + .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType, + + .FormatType = 0x01, + .Channels = 0x01, + + .SubFrameSize = 0x02, + .BitResolution = 16, + + .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)), + }, + + .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates = + { + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000), + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025), + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050), + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100), + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000), + }, + + .Audio_StreamEndpoint = + { + .Endpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01 + }, + + .Refresh = 0, + .SyncEndpointNumber = 0 + }, + + .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General, + + .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL), + + .LockDelayUnits = 0x00, + .LockDelay = 0x0000 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio In Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf832efb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN endpoint. */ + #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */ + #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Audio Control Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal; + + // Audio Streaming Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat; + USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5]; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dab549a75 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Input device demo, implementing a basic USB microphone. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioInput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioInput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d52d22cdc --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..694e7fb1a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = AudioInput +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7966ba6ea --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "AudioOutput.h" + +/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */ +static bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false; + +/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */ +static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000; + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial + * setup of all components and the main program loop. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and + * configures the sample update and PWM timers. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); + + /* Sample reload timer initialization */ + TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A); + OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1); + TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode + TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed + + #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) + /* Set speaker as output */ + DDRC |= (1 << 6); + #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO) + /* Set speakers as outputs */ + DDRC |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5)); + #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC) + /* Set PORTC as outputs */ + DDRC |= 0xFF; + #endif + + #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)) + /* PWM speaker timer initialization */ + TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0) + | (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP + TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed + #endif +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Stop the timers */ + TCCR0B = 0; + #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)) + TCCR3B = 0; + #endif + + #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) + /* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */ + DDRC &= ~(1 << 6); + #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO) + /* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */ + DDRC &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5)); + #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC) + /* Set PORTC low */ + PORTC = 0x00; + #endif + + /* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */ + StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false; + + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup Audio Stream Endpoint */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, 2); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Process General and Audio specific control requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case REQ_SetInterface: + /* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */ + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */ + StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0); + } + + break; + case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus: + /* Get Status request can be directed at either the interface or endpoint, neither is currently used + * according to the latest USB Audio 1.0 standard, but must be ACKed with no data when requested */ + if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) || + (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)) + { + /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being set */ + uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex; + uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8); + + /* Only handle SET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */ + if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)) + { + uint8_t SampleRate[3]; + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate)); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */ + CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)SampleRate[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)SampleRate[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)SampleRate[0]); + + /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */ + OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1); + } + } + + break; + case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)) + { + /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being retrieved */ + uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex; + uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8); + + /* Only handle GET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */ + if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)) + { + uint8_t SampleRate[3]; + + /* Convert the sampling rate value into the 24-bit format the host expects for the property */ + SampleRate[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16); + SampleRate[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8); + SampleRate[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF); + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate)); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + } + + break; + } +} + +/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */ +ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK) +{ + uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(); + + /* Select the audio stream endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR); + + /* Check if the current endpoint can be read from (contains a packet) and the host is sending data */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected) + { + /* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */ + int8_t LeftSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() >> 8); + int8_t RightSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() >> 8); + + /* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */ + int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1); + + /* Check to see if the bank is now empty */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + /* Acknowledge the packet, clear the bank ready for the next packet */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + + #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) + /* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */ + OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7)); + #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO) + /* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */ + OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7)); + OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7)); + #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC) + /* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */ + PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit; + #endif + + uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; + + /* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */ + if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16) + LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4); + else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8) + LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3); + else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4) + LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2); + else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2) + LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); + } + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint); +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15c8c458d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for AudioOutput.c. + */ + +#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_ +#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f0c7d656 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Audio Class</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>Standard Audio Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n + * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n + * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference + * application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the + * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers + * required). + * + * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function + * as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto + * the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on + * timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed + * mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on + * the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and + * attach to a speaker to hear the audio. + * + * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option + * to automatically install the appropriate drivers. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> + * <th><b>Location:</b></th> + * <th><b>Description:</b></th> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an + * external DAC.</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e93cfc813 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief Application Configuration Header File + * + * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of + * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to + * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a + * makefile or build system. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the + * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. + */ + +#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ +#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ + + #define AUDIO_OUT_STEREO +// #define AUDIO_OUT_MONO +// #define AUDIO_OUT_PORTC + +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6048c1d80 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64be54bf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2046, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .Audio_ControlInterface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 0, + + .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, + .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass, + .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, + + .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0), + .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) + + sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) + + sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)), + + .InCollection = 1, + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, + }, + + .Audio_InputTerminal = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal, + + .TerminalID = 0x01, + .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING, + .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00, + + .TotalChannels = 2, + .ChannelConfig = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT), + + .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_OutputTerminal = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal, + + .TerminalID = 0x02, + .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER, + .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00, + + .SourceID = 0x01, + + .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 0, + + .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, + .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass, + .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, + .AlternateSetting = 1, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, + .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass, + .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General, + + .TerminalLink = 0x01, + + .FrameDelay = 1, + .AudioFormat = 0x0001 + }, + + .Audio_AudioFormat = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) + + sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates), + .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType, + + .FormatType = 0x01, + .Channels = 0x02, + + .SubFrameSize = 0x02, + .BitResolution = 16, + + .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)), + }, + + .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates = + { + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000), + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025), + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050), + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100), + AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000), + }, + + .Audio_StreamEndpoint = + { + .Endpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01 + }, + + .Refresh = 0, + .SyncEndpointNumber = 0 + }, + + .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General, + + .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL), + + .LockDelayUnits = 0x00, + .LockDelay = 0x0000 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio Out Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9be070fa --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data OUT endpoint. */ + #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1) + + /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */ + #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Audio Control Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal; + + // Audio Streaming Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat; + USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5]; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cddfb8543 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Output device demo, implementing a basic USB speaker. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioOutput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioOutput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..937ef3907 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = YES + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f34c4a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = AudioOutput +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe7ad84bb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the Bulk Vendor demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_BULKVENDOR_C +#include "BulkVendor.h" + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + USB_USBTask(); + + uint8_t ReceivedData[VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE]; + memset(ReceivedData, 0x00, sizeof(ReceivedData)); + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR); + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + { + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(ReceivedData, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, NULL); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VENDOR_IN_EPADDR); + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReceivedData, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, NULL); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup Vendor Data Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(VENDOR_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + // Process vendor specific control requests here +} diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d74ac001 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for BulkVendor.c. + */ + +#ifndef _BULK_VENDOR_H_ +#define _BULK_VENDOR_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d6688a9cd --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Bulk Vendor Device Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Vendor (no official class)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>Vendor (no official subclass)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>None</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Bulk Vendor demonstration application. This gives a simple reference + * application for implementing a USB device that contains read/write bulk type + * endpoints, for implementing custom USB protocols. + * + * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and echo back packets + * sent from the host. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td> + * None + * </td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ec4635eb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a4c2792b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x206C, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 1, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .Vendor_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Vendor, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = 0xFF, + .SubClass = 0xFF, + .Protocol = 0xFF, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Vendor_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = VENDOR_IN_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .Vendor_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Bulk Vendor Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..939717ea3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Bulk Vendor device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define VENDOR_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) + + /** Endpoint address of the Bulk Vendor host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) + + /** Size in bytes of the Bulk Vendor data endpoints. */ + #define VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE 64 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Vendor Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Vendor_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Vendor_DataInEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Vendor_DataOutEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_Vendor = 0, /**< Vendor interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fff8ecd78 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +""" + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +""" + +""" + LUFA Bulk Vendor device demo host test script. This script will send and + receive a continuous stream of packets to/from to the device, to show + bidirectional communications. + + Requires the pyUSB library (http://sourceforge.net/projects/pyusb/). +""" + +import sys +from time import sleep +import usb.core +import usb.util + +# Bulk Vendor HID device VID and PID +device_vid = 0x03EB +device_pid = 0x206C +device_in_ep = 3 +device_out_ep = 4 + + +def get_vendor_device_handle(): + dev_handle = usb.core.find(idVendor=device_vid, idProduct=device_pid) + return dev_handle + + +def write(device, packet): + device.write(usb.util.ENDPOINT_OUT | device_out_ep, packet, 0, 1000) + print("Sent Packet: {0}".format(packet)) + + +def read(device): + packet = device.read(usb.util.ENDPOINT_IN | device_in_ep, 64, 0, 1000) + print("Received Packet: {0}".format(''.join([chr(x) for x in packet]))) + return packet + + +def main(): + vendor_device = get_vendor_device_handle() + + if vendor_device is None: + print("No valid Vendor device found.") + sys.exit(1) + + vendor_device.set_configuration() + + print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" % + (vendor_device.idVendor, vendor_device.idProduct, + usb.util.get_string(vendor_device, 255, vendor_device.iProduct), + usb.util.get_string(vendor_device, 255, vendor_device.iManufacturer))) + + x = 0 + while 1: + x = x + 1 % 255 + write(vendor_device, "TEST PACKET %d" % x) + read(vendor_device) + sleep(1) + +if __name__ == '__main__': + main() diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..32a29fdc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..f916b0898 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..0718dfb7c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..292df2785 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..f17914b8c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..c38919ee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..030ec300c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56bb2cda2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt @@ -0,0 +1,851 @@ +Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Stephan Meyer, <ste_meyer@web.de> +Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Johannes Erdfelt, <johannes@erdfelt.com> +Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Thomas Sailer, <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch> +Copyright (c) 2010 Travis Robinson, <libusbdotnet@gmail.com> + +This software is distributed under the following licenses: +Driver: GNU General Public License (GPL) +Library, Test Files, Installer: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL) + +*********************************************************************** + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + + If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short +notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: + + <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands +might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". + + You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see +<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program +into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you +may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with +the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. But first, please read +<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. + + GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + + This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates +the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public +License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below. + + 0. Additional Definitions. + + As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU +General Public License. + + "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License, +other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below. + + An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided +by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library. +Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode +of using an interface provided by the Library. + + A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an +Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library +with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked +Version". + + The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the +Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code +for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are +based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version. + + The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the +object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data +and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the +Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work. + + 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License +without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL. + + 2. Conveying Modified Versions. + + If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a +facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application +that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the +facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified +version: + + a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to + ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the + function or data, the facility still operates, and performs + whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or + + b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of + this License applicable to that copy. + + 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files. + + The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from +a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object +code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated +material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure +layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates +(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the + Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + 4. Combined Works. + + You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that, +taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the +portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of +the following: + + a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that + the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are + covered by this License. + + b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license + document. + + c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during + execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among + these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the + copies of the GNU GPL and this license document. + + d) Do one of the following: + + 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this + License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form + suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to + recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of + the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the + manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying + Corresponding Source. + + 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the + Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time + a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer + system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version + of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked + Version. + + e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise + be required to provide such information under section 6 of the + GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is + necessary to install and execute a modified version of the + Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the + Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If + you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany + the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application + Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation + Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL + for conveying Corresponding Source.) + + 5. Combined Libraries. + + You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side by side in a single library together with other library +facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this +License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your +choice, if you do both of the following: + + a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based + on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities, + conveyed under the terms of this License. + + b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it + is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the + accompanying uncombined form of the same work. + + 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new +versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may +differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version +of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version" +applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that published version or of any later version +published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you +received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser +General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser +General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide +whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall +apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is +permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the +Library. + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..5322e5b97 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e475b90a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e87f33eb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0"> + <project caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor.example.avr8"> + <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor"/> + <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/> + <generator value="as5_8"/> + + <device-support value="at90usb1287"/> + <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/> + + <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/> + <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/> + </project> + + <project caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor.example.xmega"> + <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor"/> + <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/> + <generator value="as5_8"/> + + <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/> + <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/> + + <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/> + <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/> + </project> + + <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor" caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)"> + <info type="description" value="summary"> + Bulk Vendor Device demo, implementing a basic USB device with vendor-specific endpoints for custom protocol implementations. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs. + </info> + + <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/> + + <info type="keyword" value="Technology"> + <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/> + <keyword value="USB Device"/> + </info> + + <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/> + <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/> + <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/> + + <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/> + <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BulkVendor.txt"/> + <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/> + <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="WindowsDriver"/> + + <build type="c-source" value="BulkVendor.c"/> + <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/> + <build type="header-file" value="BulkVendor.h"/> + <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/> + + <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/> + <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/> + + <require idref="lufa.common"/> + <require idref="lufa.platform"/> + <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/> + <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/> + <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/> + </module> +</asf> diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c307b094 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2397 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Bulk Vendor Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \ + HostTestApp/ \ + WindowsDriver/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17fd24ae1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = BulkVendor +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..070eac471 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 6 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..553223a2b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,360 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x204E, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 4, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .CDC1_IAD = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation}, + + .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI, + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, + + .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC1_CCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC1_Functional_Header = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, + + .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + }, + + .CDC1_Functional_ACM = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, + + .Capabilities = 0x06, + }, + + .CDC1_Functional_Union = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, + + .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI, + .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI, + }, + + .CDC1_ManagementEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF + }, + + .CDC1_DCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC1_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC1_RX_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .CDC1_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC1_TX_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .CDC2_IAD = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation}, + + .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI, + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, + + .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC2_CCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC2_Functional_Header = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, + + .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + }, + + .CDC2_Functional_ACM = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, + + .Capabilities = 0x06, + }, + + .CDC2_Functional_Union = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, + + .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI, + .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI, + }, + + .CDC2_ManagementEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF + }, + + .CDC2_DCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC2_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC2_RX_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .CDC2_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC2_TX_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f54fe9c36 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC1_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define CDC1_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2) + + /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) + + /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC2_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 4) + + /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define CDC2_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5) + + /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 6) + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // First CDC Control Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC1_IAD; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC1_Functional_Header; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC1_Functional_ACM; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC1_Functional_Union; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint; + + // First CDC Data Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint; + + // Second CDC Control Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC2_IAD; + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC2_Functional_Header; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC2_Functional_ACM; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC2_Functional_Union; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint; + + // Second CDC Data Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI = 0, /**< CDC1 CCI interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI = 1, /**< CDC1 DCI interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI = 2, /**< CDC2 CCI interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI = 3, /**< CDC2 DCI interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b94a67dab --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c @@ -0,0 +1,299 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "DualVirtualSerial.h" + +/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. While this demo does not use + * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host + * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional. + * + * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately. + * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical + * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams. + */ +static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding1 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0, + .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit, + .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None, + .DataBits = 8 }; + +/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the second virtual serial port. While this demo does not use + * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host + * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional. + * + * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately. + * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical + * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams. + */ +static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding2 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0, + .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit, + .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None, + .DataBits = 8 }; + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + CDC1_Task(); + CDC2_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + Joystick_Init(); + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management tasks are started. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup first CDC Interface's Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Setup second CDC Interface's Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Reset line encoding baud rates so that the host knows to send new values */ + LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS = 0; + LineEncoding2.BaudRateBPS = 0; + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Determine which interface's Line Coding data is being set from the wIndex parameter */ + void* LineEncodingData = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex == 0) ? &LineEncoding1 : &LineEncoding2; + + /* Process CDC specific control requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t)); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + + break; + case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */ + Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t)); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + + break; + case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the first CDC interface, which sends joystick + * movements to the host as ASCII strings. + */ +void CDC1_Task(void) +{ + char* ReportString = NULL; + uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); + static bool ActionSent = false; + + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */ + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) + ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) + ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) + ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) + ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) + ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n"; + else + ActionSent = false; + + /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */ + if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS) + { + ActionSent = true; + + /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPADDR); + + /* Write the String to the Endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */ + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + + /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + + /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPADDR); + + /* Throw away any received data from the host */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); +} + +/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the second CDC interface, which echoes back + * all data sent to it from the host. + */ +void CDC2_Task(void) +{ + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPADDR); + + /* Check to see if any data has been received */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + { + /* Create a temp buffer big enough to hold the incoming endpoint packet */ + uint8_t Buffer[Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()]; + + /* Remember how large the incoming packet is */ + uint16_t DataLength = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(); + + /* Read in the incoming packet into the buffer */ + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength, NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPADDR); + + /* Write the received data to the endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength, NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for the next packet */ + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + + /* Send an empty packet to prevent host buffering */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..56a510b7a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_ +#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void CDC1_Task(void); + void CDC2_Task(void); + void SetupHardware(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb763b7a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n + * USBIF CDC Class Standard</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application. + * This gives a simple reference application for implementing + * a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair + * of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association + * Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC + * descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be + * supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is + * XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function). + * + * Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings + * through the first serial port. The device does not respond to + * serial data sent from the host in the first serial port. + * + * The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host. + * + * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer, + * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo + * project's directory as the device's driver when running under + * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, + * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other + * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt + * CDC-ACM drivers. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td> + * None + * </td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a0e0248a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +;************************************************************ +; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File +; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation +;************************************************************ + +[DefaultInstall] +CopyINF="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf" + +[Version] +Signature="$Windows NT$" +Class=Ports +ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} +Provider=%MFGNAME% +DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0 + +[Manufacturer] +%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64 + +[SourceDisksNames] + +[SourceDisksFiles] + +[DestinationDirs] +DefaultDestDir=12 + +[DriverInstall] +Include=mdmcpq.inf +CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection +AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg + +[DriverInstall.Services] +Include=mdmcpq.inf +AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst + +[DriverInstall.AddReg] +HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Vendor and Product ID Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side +; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. +; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. +; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. +; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[DeviceList] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02 + +[DeviceList.NTx86] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02 + +[DeviceList.NTamd64] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02 + +[DeviceList.NTia64] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02 + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; String Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +;Modify these strings to customize your device +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[Strings] +MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org" +DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..133d1b4f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc" caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Dual Virtual Serial (CDC) demo, implementing a pair of virtual serial port interfaces. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="DualVirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40dcfe915 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c91ec4f88 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = DualVirtualSerial +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..636200ec6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief Application Configuration Header File + * + * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of + * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to + * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a + * makefile or build system. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the + * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. + */ + +#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ +#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ + + #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8 + +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00eefc7bf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a248075a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the + * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This + * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) + * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for + * more details on HID report descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] = +{ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFF00), /* Vendor Page 0 */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */ + HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */ + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x03), /* Vendor Usage 3 */ + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE), + HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), + HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), +}; + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x204F, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 1, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .HID_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID, + .AlternateSetting = 0x00, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, + .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass, + .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .HID_GenericHID = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, + + .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), + .CountryCode = 0x00, + .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, + .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, + .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport) + }, + + .HID_ReportINEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .HID_ReportOUTEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Generic HID Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + case HID_DTYPE_HID: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID; + Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); + break; + case HID_DTYPE_Report: + Address = &GenericReport; + Size = sizeof(GenericReport); + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30fc7e1ea --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Generic HID Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; + USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */ + #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting OUT endpoint. */ + #define GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2) + + /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */ + #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..916457a2f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "GenericHID.h" + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + HID_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops the USB management task. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the generic HID device endpoints. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup HID Report Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, GENERIC_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, GENERIC_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Handle HID Class specific requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case HID_REQ_GetReport: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE]; + CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData); + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData)); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_SetReport: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE]; + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Read the report data from the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData)); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData); + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Function to process the last received report from the host. + * + * \param[in] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the last received report has been stored + */ +void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray) +{ + /* + This is where you need to process reports sent from the host to the device. This + function is called each time the host has sent a new report. DataArray is an array + holding the report sent from the host. + */ + + uint8_t NewLEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS; + + if (DataArray[0]) + NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED1; + + if (DataArray[1]) + NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED2; + + if (DataArray[2]) + NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED3; + + if (DataArray[3]) + NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED4; + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(NewLEDMask); +} + +/** Function to create the next report to send back to the host at the next reporting interval. + * + * \param[out] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the next report data should be stored + */ +void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray) +{ + /* + This is where you need to create reports to be sent to the host from the device. This + function is called each time the host is ready to accept a new report. DataArray is + an array to hold the report to the host. + */ + + uint8_t CurrLEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs(); + + DataArray[0] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED1) ? 1 : 0); + DataArray[1] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED2) ? 1 : 0); + DataArray[2] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED3) ? 1 : 0); + DataArray[3] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED4) ? 1 : 0); +} + +void HID_Task(void) +{ + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR); + + /* Check to see if a packet has been sent from the host */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + { + /* Check to see if the packet contains data */ + if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()) + { + /* Create a temporary buffer to hold the read in report from the host */ + uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE]; + + /* Read Generic Report Data */ + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData), NULL); + + /* Process Generic Report Data */ + ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData); + } + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPADDR); + + /* Check to see if the host is ready to accept another packet */ + if (Endpoint_IsINReady()) + { + /* Create a temporary buffer to hold the report to send to the host */ + uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE]; + + /* Create Generic Report Data */ + CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData); + + /* Write Generic Report Data */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e6100c43 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for GenericHID.c. + */ + +#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_ +#define _GENERICHID_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void HID_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void); + + void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray); + void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d780f49d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Generic HID Device + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>N/A</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n + * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Low Speed Mode \n + * Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application + * for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern + * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports + * to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host. + * + * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device. + * When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by + * both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> + * <th><b>Location:</b></th> + * <th><b>Description:</b></th> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received (including report ID byte). The value + * must be an integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e5f43019 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +""" + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +""" + +""" + LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a + continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED + pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to + the terminal. + + Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/). +""" + +import sys +from time import sleep +import pywinusb.hid as hid + +# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased +# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended) +device_vid = 0x03EB +device_pid = 0x204F +report_length = 1 + 8 + + +def get_hid_device_handle(): + hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid, + product_id=device_pid) + + valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices() + + if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0: + return None + else: + return valid_hid_devices[0] + + +def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4): + # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) followed by the + # LED on/off data + report_data = [0, led1, led2, led3, led4] + + # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be + report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data))) + + # Send the generated report to the device + device.send_output_report(report_data) + + print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5])) + + +def received_led_pattern(report_data): + print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5])) + + +def main(): + hid_device = get_hid_device_handle() + + if hid_device is None: + print("No valid HID device found.") + sys.exit(1) + + try: + hid_device.open() + + print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" % + (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id, + hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name)) + + # Set up the HID input report handler to receive reports + hid_device.set_raw_data_handler(received_led_pattern) + + p = 0 + while (hid_device.is_plugged()): + # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send + send_led_pattern(hid_device, + (p >> 3) & 1, + (p >> 2) & 1, + (p >> 1) & 1, + (p >> 0) & 1) + + # Compute next LED pattern in sequence + p = (p + 1) % 16 + + # Delay a bit for visual effect + sleep(.2) + + finally: + hid_device.close() + + +if __name__ == '__main__': + main() diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf1fb8009 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Generic HID device demo, implementing a device whose LEDs can be controlled via HID messages from the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHID.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="GenericHID.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="GenericHID.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ffc0d0590 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2396 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \ + HostTestApp/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7cd0aac47 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = GenericHID +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..299d2ec85 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45949897c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the + * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This + * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) + * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for + * more details on HID report descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] = +{ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x04), /* Joystick */ + HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */ + HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x32), /* Usage Z */ + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -100), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 100), + HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1), + HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), + HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x02), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x06), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), + HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), +}; + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2043, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 1, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .HID_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick, + .AlternateSetting = 0x00, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, + .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass, + .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .HID_JoystickHID = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, + + .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), + .CountryCode = 0x00, + .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, + .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, + .HIDReportLength = sizeof(JoystickReport) + }, + + .HID_ReportINEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = JOYSTICK_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Joystick Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + case DTYPE_HID: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID; + Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Report: + Address = &JoystickReport; + Size = sizeof(JoystickReport); + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30ab1059b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Joystick HID Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; + USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_JoystickHID; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_Joystick = 0, /**< Joystick interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */ + #define JOYSTICK_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */ + #define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE 8 + + /** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */ + #define DTYPE_HID 0x21 + + /** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */ + #define DTYPE_Report 0x22 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7536d1a5f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c @@ -0,0 +1,217 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "Joystick.h" + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + HID_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + Joystick_Init(); + LEDs_Init(); + Buttons_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and joystick reporting tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the joystick reporting task started. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup HID Report Endpoint */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, JOYSTICK_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Handle HID Class specific requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case HID_REQ_GetReport: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData; + + /* Create the next HID report to send to the host */ + GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData); + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData)); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host. + * + * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the new report differs from the last report, \c false otherwise + */ +bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* const ReportData) +{ + static uint8_t PrevJoyStatus = 0; + static uint8_t PrevButtonStatus = 0; + uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); + uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus(); + bool InputChanged = false; + + /* Clear the report contents */ + memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t)); + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) + ReportData->Y = -100; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) + ReportData->Y = 100; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) + ReportData->X = -100; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) + ReportData->X = 100; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) + ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1); + + if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) + ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0); + + /* Check if the new report is different to the previous report */ + InputChanged = (uint8_t)(PrevJoyStatus ^ JoyStatus_LCL) | (uint8_t)(PrevButtonStatus ^ ButtonStatus_LCL); + + /* Save the current joystick status for later comparison */ + PrevJoyStatus = JoyStatus_LCL; + PrevButtonStatus = ButtonStatus_LCL; + + /* Return whether the new report is different to the previous report or not */ + return InputChanged; +} + +/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host. */ +void HID_Task(void) +{ + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Select the Joystick Report Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPADDR); + + /* Check to see if the host is ready for another packet */ + if (Endpoint_IsINReady()) + { + USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData; + + /* Create the next HID report to send to the host */ + GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData); + + /* Write Joystick Report Data */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Clear the report data afterwards */ + memset(&JoystickReportData, 0, sizeof(JoystickReportData)); + } +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5fdcccbd --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Joystick.c. + */ + +#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_ +#define _JOYSTICK_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC. + * This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c. + */ + typedef struct + { + int8_t X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */ + int8_t Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */ + int8_t Z; /**< Current absolute joystick Z position, as a signed 8-bit integer */ + uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */ + } USB_JoystickReport_Data_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void HID_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + + bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* const ReportData); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b174642f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>N/A</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n + * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Low Speed Mode \n + * Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference + * application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks + * using the standard Keyboard HID profile. + * + * This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons. + * Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button + * is the second. + * + * Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on + * the host computer. + * + * Currently only single interface joysticks are supported. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td> + * None + * </td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d37741bac --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick" caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Joystick HID device demo, implementing a basic USB joystick that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Joystick.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Joystick.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45ebd1341 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Joystick Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a29ff4d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = Joystick +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00eefc7bf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0e5bc445 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the + * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This + * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) + * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for + * more details on HID report descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] = +{ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */ + HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */ + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */ + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03), + HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */ + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), + HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), +}; + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2042, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 1, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .HID_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard, + .AlternateSetting = 0x00, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, + .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass, + .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .HID_KeyboardHID = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, + + .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), + .CountryCode = 0x00, + .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, + .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, + .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport) + }, + + .HID_ReportINEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .HID_ReportOUTEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Keyboard Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + case HID_DTYPE_HID: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID; + Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); + break; + case HID_DTYPE_Report: + Address = &KeyboardReport; + Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport); + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9d26e482 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Keyboard HID Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; + USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */ + #define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */ + #define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2) + + /** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c412991e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "Keyboard.h" + +/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, \c false for special boot + * protocol reporting mode. + */ +static bool UsingReportProtocol = true; + +/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports + * for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user presses a key). + */ +static uint16_t IdleCount = 500; + +/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle + * milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request + * the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved. + */ +static uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0; + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + HID_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + Joystick_Init(); + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); + Buttons_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); + + /* Default to report protocol on connect */ + UsingReportProtocol = true; +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard device endpoints. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup HID Report Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Turn on Start-of-Frame events for tracking HID report period expiry */ + USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Handle HID Class specific requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case HID_REQ_GetReport: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData; + + /* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */ + CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData); + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData)); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_SetReport: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */ + while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())) + { + if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached) + return; + } + + /* Read in the LED report from the host */ + uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_8(); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* Process the incoming LED report */ + ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_GetProtocol: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the current protocol flag to the host */ + Endpoint_Write_8(UsingReportProtocol); + + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_SetProtocol: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */ + UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_SetIdle: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* Get idle period in MSB, IdleCount must be multiplied by 4 to get number of milliseconds */ + IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_GetIdle: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */ + Endpoint_Write_8(IdleCount >> 2); + + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void) +{ + /* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */ + if (IdleMSRemaining) + IdleMSRemaining--; +} + +/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host. + * + * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled + */ +void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* const ReportData) +{ + uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); + uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus(); + + uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0; + + /* Clear the report contents */ + memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)); + + /* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */ + ReportData->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) + ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) + ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) + ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) + ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) + ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E; + + if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) + ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F; +} + +/** Processes a received LED report, and updates the board LEDs states to match. + * + * \param[in] LEDReport LED status report from the host + */ +void ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDReport) +{ + uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2; + + if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK) + LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1; + + if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK) + LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3; + + if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK) + LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4; + + /* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); +} + +/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */ +void SendNextReport(void) +{ + static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t PrevKeyboardReportData; + USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData; + bool SendReport = false; + + /* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */ + CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData); + + /* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */ + if (IdleCount && (!(IdleMSRemaining))) + { + /* Reset the idle time remaining counter */ + IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount; + + /* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */ + SendReport = true; + } + else + { + /* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */ + SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevKeyboardReportData, &KeyboardReportData, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)) != 0); + } + + /* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR); + + /* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */ + if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport) + { + /* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */ + PrevKeyboardReportData = KeyboardReportData; + + /* Write Keyboard Report Data */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } +} + +/** Reads the next LED status report from the host from the LED data endpoint, if one has been sent. */ +void ReceiveNextReport(void) +{ + /* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR); + + /* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint contains a packet */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + { + /* Check to see if the packet contains data */ + if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()) + { + /* Read in the LED report from the host */ + uint8_t LEDReport = Endpoint_Read_8(); + + /* Process the read LED report from the host */ + ProcessLEDReport(LEDReport); + } + + /* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } +} + +/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */ +void HID_Task(void) +{ + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Send the next keypress report to the host */ + SendNextReport(); + + /* Process the LED report sent from the host */ + ReceiveNextReport(); +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c6bad371 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Keyboard.c. + */ + +#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_ +#define _KEYBOARD_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void HID_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void); + + void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* const ReportData); + void ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDReport); + void SendNextReport(void); + void ReceiveNextReport(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e945dccfe --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>N/A</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n + * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Low Speed Mode \n + * Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application + * for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern + * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus + * works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2). + * + * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard + * when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example, + * manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID + * documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike + * other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple key presses + * inside the same report to the host. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td> + * None + * </td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d386f46f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard that can send key press information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Keyboard.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Keyboard.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Keyboard.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e39731937 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd53f3fa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = Keyboard +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc828a108 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7efc6d2ee --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,346 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the + * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This + * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) + * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for + * more details on HID report descriptors. + * + * This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] = +{ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */ + HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */ + HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */ + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1), + HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1), + HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE), + HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), + HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), +}; + +/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */ +const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] = +{ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */ + HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */ + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */ + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03), + HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */ + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), + HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), +}; + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x204D, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .HID1_KeyboardInterface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard, + .AlternateSetting = 0x00, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, + .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass, + .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .HID1_KeyboardHID = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, + + .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), + .CountryCode = 0x00, + .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, + .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, + .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport) + }, + + .HID1_ReportINEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .HID2_MouseInterface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse, + .AlternateSetting = 0x00, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, + .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass, + .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .HID2_MouseHID = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, + + .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), + .CountryCode = 0x00, + .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, + .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, + .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport) + }, + + .HID2_ReportINEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + case HID_DTYPE_HID: + switch (wIndex) + { + case (INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard): + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID; + Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); + break; + case (INTERFACE_ID_Mouse): + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID; + Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); + break; + } + break; + case HID_DTYPE_Report: + switch (wIndex) + { + case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard: + Address = &KeyboardReport; + Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport); + break; + case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse: + Address = &MouseReport; + Size = sizeof(MouseReport); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59ac97ec --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Keyboard HID Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface; + USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID1_KeyboardHID; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint; + + // Mouse HID Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface; + USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID2_MouseHID; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 1, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */ + #define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */ + #define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2) + + /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */ + #define MOUSE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) + + /** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define HID_EPSIZE 8 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f2719ce7 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c @@ -0,0 +1,321 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "KeyboardMouse.h" + +/** Global structure to hold the current keyboard interface HID report, for transmission to the host */ +static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData; + +/** Global structure to hold the current mouse interface HID report, for transmission to the host */ +static USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData; + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + Keyboard_HID_Task(); + Mouse_HID_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + Joystick_Init(); + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops the USB management task. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard and mouse device endpoints. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup Keyboard HID Report Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Setup Mouse HID Report Endpoint */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + uint8_t* ReportData; + uint8_t ReportSize; + + /* Handle HID Class specific requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case HID_REQ_GetReport: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Determine if it is the mouse or the keyboard data that is being requested */ + if (!(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex)) + { + ReportData = (uint8_t*)&KeyboardReportData; + ReportSize = sizeof(KeyboardReportData); + } + else + { + ReportData = (uint8_t*)&MouseReportData; + ReportSize = sizeof(MouseReportData); + } + + /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Clear the report data afterwards */ + memset(ReportData, 0, ReportSize); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_SetReport: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */ + while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())) + { + if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached) + return; + } + + /* Read in the LED report from the host */ + uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_8(); + + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* Process the incoming LED report */ + Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus); + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Processes a given Keyboard LED report from the host, and sets the board LEDs to match. Since the Keyboard + * LED report can be sent through either the control endpoint (via a HID SetReport request) or the HID OUT + * endpoint, the processing code is placed here to avoid duplicating it and potentially having different + * behavior depending on the method used to sent it. + */ +void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus) +{ + uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2; + + if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK) + LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1; + + if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK) + LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3; + + if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK) + LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4; + + /* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask); +} + +/** Keyboard task. This generates the next keyboard HID report for the host, and transmits it via the + * keyboard IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data. Additionally, it processes host LED status + * reports sent to the device via the keyboard OUT reporting endpoint. + */ +void Keyboard_HID_Task(void) +{ + uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); + + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Check if board button is not pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */ + if (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)) + { + /* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */ + KeyboardReportData.Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) + KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) + KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) + KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) + KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) + KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E; + } + + /* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR); + + /* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */ + if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()) + { + /* Write Keyboard Report Data */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Clear the report data afterwards */ + memset(&KeyboardReportData, 0, sizeof(KeyboardReportData)); + } + + /* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR); + + /* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */ + if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()) + { + /* Read in and process the LED report from the host */ + Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(Endpoint_Read_8()); + + /* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } +} + +/** Mouse task. This generates the next mouse HID report for the host, and transmits it via the + * mouse IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data. + */ +void Mouse_HID_Task(void) +{ + uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); + + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Check if board button is pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */ + if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) + { + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) + MouseReportData.Y = 1; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) + MouseReportData.Y = -1; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) + MouseReportData.X = 1; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) + MouseReportData.X = -1; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) + MouseReportData.Button |= (1 << 0); + } + + /* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPADDR); + + /* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */ + if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()) + { + /* Write Mouse Report Data */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Clear the report data afterwards */ + memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData)); + } +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4bcb33c06 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_ +#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus); + void Keyboard_HID_Task(void); + void Mouse_HID_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..262a84f0e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>N/A</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n + * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Low Speed Mode \n + * Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference + * application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard + * and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes + * (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID + * interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under + * compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2). + * + * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function + * as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not + * pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters + * a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information + * on sending keyboard event and key presses. + * + * When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the + * joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a + * left-button click. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td> + * None + * </td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d44bb8043 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a pair of HID interfaces. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6648a78d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cff064f9a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = KeyboardMouse +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00eefc7bf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4bcea1ee --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2048, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .Audio_ControlInterface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 0, + + .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, + .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass, + .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, + + .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0), + .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), + + .InCollection = 1, + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass, + .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass, + .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General, + + .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0), + + .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) - + offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC)) + }, + + .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal, + + .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded, + .JackID = 0x01, + + .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal, + + .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External, + .JackID = 0x02, + + .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal, + + .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded, + .JackID = 0x03, + + .NumberOfPins = 1, + .SourceJackID = {0x02}, + .SourcePinID = {0x01}, + + .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal, + + .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External, + .JackID = 0x04, + + .NumberOfPins = 1, + .SourceJackID = {0x01}, + .SourcePinID = {0x01}, + + .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint = + { + .Endpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .Refresh = 0, + .SyncEndpointNumber = 0 + }, + + .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General, + + .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01, + .AssociatedJackID = {0x01} + }, + + .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint = + { + .Endpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .Refresh = 0, + .SyncEndpointNumber = 0 + }, + + .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint}, + .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General, + + .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01, + .AssociatedJackID = {0x03} + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a477d9dc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */ + #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */ + #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2) + + /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // MIDI Audio Control Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC; + + // MIDI Audio Streaming Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface; + USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC; + USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb; + USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext; + USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb; + USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint; + USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC; + USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint; + USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fdb04597 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the MIDI input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "MIDI.h" + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + MIDI_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + Joystick_Init(); + LEDs_Init(); + Buttons_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and MIDI management tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the MIDI management task started. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup MIDI Data Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Task to handle the generation of MIDI note change events in response to presses of the board joystick, and send them + * to the host. + */ +void MIDI_Task(void) +{ + static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus; + + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR); + + if (Endpoint_IsINReady()) + { + uint8_t MIDICommand = 0; + uint8_t MIDIPitch; + + uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus(); + uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus); + + /* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */ + uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1)); + + if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT) + { + MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF); + MIDIPitch = 0x3C; + } + + if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP) + { + MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF); + MIDIPitch = 0x3D; + } + + if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT) + { + MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF); + MIDIPitch = 0x3E; + } + + if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN) + { + MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF); + MIDIPitch = 0x3F; + } + + if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS) + { + MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF); + MIDIPitch = 0x3B; + } + + /* Check if a MIDI command is to be sent */ + if (MIDICommand) + { + MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t) + { + .Event = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand), + + .Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel, + .Data2 = MIDIPitch, + .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY, + }; + + /* Write the MIDI event packet to the endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL); + + /* Send the data in the endpoint to the host */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + + /* Save previous joystick value for next joystick change detection */ + PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus; + } + + /* Select the MIDI OUT stream */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR); + + /* Check if a MIDI command has been received */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + { + MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent; + + /* Read the MIDI event packet from the endpoint */ + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL); + + /* Check to see if the sent command is a note on message with a non-zero velocity */ + if ((MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (MIDIEvent.Data3 > 0)) + { + /* Change LEDs depending on the pitch of the sent note */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(MIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2); + } + else + { + /* Turn off all LEDs in response to non Note On messages */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS); + } + + /* If the endpoint is now empty, clear the bank */ + if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())) + { + /* Clear the endpoint ready for new packet */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + } +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55ba499b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for AudioOutput.c. + */ + +#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_ +#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void MIDI_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97a92a190 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Audio Class</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>Standard Audio Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n + * USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n + * General MIDI Specification</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference + * application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices. + * It is built upon the USB Audio class. + * + * Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and + * are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any + * MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices. + * + * If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If + * the HWB is pressed, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected. + * + * This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being + * generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td> + * None + * </td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..477b7d749 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi" caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDI.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDI.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDI.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7bfea0c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f98afa2a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = MIDI +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b18b2c414 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief Application Configuration Header File + * + * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of + * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to + * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a + * makefile or build system. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the + * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. + */ + +#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ +#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ + + #define TOTAL_LUNS 1 + + #define DISK_READ_ONLY false + +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ec4635eb --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..115a7482c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2045, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 1, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .MS_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass, + .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass, + .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .MS_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .MS_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8614c942 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) + + /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) + + /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */ + #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Mass Storage Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ebd1b39c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c @@ -0,0 +1,530 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of + * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored + * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such + * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C +#include "DataflashManager.h" + +/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from + * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes + * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. + * + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write + */ +void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +#endif + + /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); + + /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + /* Clear the current endpoint bank */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + } + + /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + + /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ + if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) + UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); + + /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ + if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + } +#endif + + /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); + } + + /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8()); + + /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (IsMassStoreReset) + return; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + + /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into + * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash + * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint. + * + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read + */ +void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + + /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + { + /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */ + if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) + return; + } + + /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + } + + /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte()); + + /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (IsMassStoreReset) + return; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())) + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from + * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the + * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the + * Dataflash. + * + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write + * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer + */ +void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks, + uint8_t* BufferPtr) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + bool UsingSecondBuffer = false; + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); +#endif + + /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte); + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + + /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */ + if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)) + UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer); + + /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + +#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */ + if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + } +#endif + + /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */ + Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0); + } + + /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */ + for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) + Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++)); + + /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */ + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00); + Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(); + + /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into + * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash + * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read + * the files stored on the Dataflash. + * + * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence + * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read + * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer + */ +void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks, + uint8_t* BufferPtr) +{ + uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE); + uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4); + + /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + + while (TotalBlocks) + { + uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0; + + /* Read an endpoint packet sized data block from the Dataflash */ + while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */ + if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4)) + { + /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0; + CurrDFPage++; + + /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */ + Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage); + + /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD); + Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + Dataflash_SendByte(0x00); + } + + /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */ + for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++) + *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + + /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */ + CurrDFPageByteDiv16++; + + /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */ + BytesInBlockDiv16++; + } + + /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */ + TotalBlocks--; + } + + /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */ +void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void) +{ + /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */ + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); + + /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ + if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) + { + Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + + /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); + } + + /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */ + #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS); + + /* Check if sector protection is enabled */ + if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON) + { + Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(); + + /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */ + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]); + } + #endif + + /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */ + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); +} + +/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working. + * + * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise + */ +bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void) +{ + uint8_t ReturnByte; + + /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); + ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); + + /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ + if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) + return false; + + #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2) + /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */ + Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2); + Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO); + ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte(); + Dataflash_DeselectChip(); + + /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */ + if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL) + return false; + #endif + + return true; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bfb7b55c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for DataflashManager.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ +#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + + #include "../MassStorage.h" + #include "../Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> + + /* Preprocessor Checks: */ + #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16) + #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes. + #endif + + /* Defines: */ + /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */ + #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) + + /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying + * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value. + */ + #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512 + + /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not + * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size. + */ + #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) + + /** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */ + #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks); + void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks); + void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks, + uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, + uint16_t TotalBlocks, + uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void); + bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb5775ca6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage + * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information, + * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C +#include "SCSI.h" + +/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's + * features and capabilities. + */ +static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = + { + .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK, + .PeripheralQualifier = 0, + + .Removable = true, + + .Version = 0, + + .ResponseDataFormat = 2, + .NormACA = false, + .TrmTsk = false, + .AERC = false, + + .AdditionalLength = 0x1F, + + .SoftReset = false, + .CmdQue = false, + .Linked = false, + .Sync = false, + .WideBus16Bit = false, + .WideBus32Bit = false, + .RelAddr = false, + + .VendorID = "LUFA", + .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk", + .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'}, + }; + +/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE + * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete. + */ +static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData = + { + .ResponseCode = 0x70, + .AdditionalLength = 0x0A, + }; + + +/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches + * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns + * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST. + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise + */ +bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void) +{ + bool CommandSuccess = false; + + /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */ + switch (CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0]) + { + case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_WRITE); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_READ_10: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_READ); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6: + CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(); + break; + case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT: + case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY: + case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL: + case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10: + /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */ + CommandSuccess = true; + CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; + break; + default: + /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + break; + } + + /* Check if command was successfully processed */ + if (CommandSuccess) + { + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD, + SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features + * and capabilities to the host. + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void) +{ + uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]); + uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData)); + + /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */ + if ((CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) || + CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]) + { + /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + /* Write the INQUIRY data to the endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL); + + /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */ + Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command, + * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete. + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void) +{ + uint8_t AllocationLength = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]; + uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData)); + + /* Send the SENSE data - this indicates to the host the status of the last command */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL); + + /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */ + Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred; + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity + * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks. + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void) +{ + /* Send the total number of logical blocks in the current LUN */ + Endpoint_Write_32_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1); + + /* Send the logical block size of the device (must be 512 bytes) */ + Endpoint_Write_32_BE(VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE); + + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (IsMassStoreReset) + return false; + + /* Send the endpoint data packet to the host */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8; + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the + * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is + * supported. + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void) +{ + /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */ + if (!(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2))) + { + /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */ + if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) + { + /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR, + SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */ + CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0; + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address + * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual + * reading and writing of the data. + * + * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE) + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead) +{ + uint32_t BlockAddress; + uint16_t TotalBlocks; + + /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */ + if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY) + { + /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT, + SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]); + TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]); + + /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */ + if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS) + { + /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */ + SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST, + SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE, + SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER); + + return false; + } + + #if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1) + /* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */ + BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS); + #endif + + /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */ + if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ) + DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); + else + DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks); + + /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ + CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE); + + return true; +} + +/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about + * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status. + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise. + */ +static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(void) +{ + /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */ + Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); + Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); + Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00); + Endpoint_Write_8(0x00); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */ + CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4; + + return true; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1488b492 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h @@ -0,0 +1,150 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for SCSI.c. + */ + +#ifndef _SCSI_H_ +#define _SCSI_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + + #include "../MassStorage.h" + #include "../Descriptors.h" + #include "DataflashManager.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This + * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about + * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner. + * + * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to + * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to + * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to + */ + #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \ + SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \ + SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0) + + /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */ + #define DATA_READ true + + /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */ + #define DATA_WRITE false + + /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */ + #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00 + + /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */ + #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for a SCSI response structure to a SCSI INQUIRY command. For details of the + * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications. + */ + typedef struct + { + unsigned DeviceType : 5; + unsigned PeripheralQualifier : 3; + + unsigned Reserved : 7; + unsigned Removable : 1; + + uint8_t Version; + + unsigned ResponseDataFormat : 4; + unsigned Reserved2 : 1; + unsigned NormACA : 1; + unsigned TrmTsk : 1; + unsigned AERC : 1; + + uint8_t AdditionalLength; + uint8_t Reserved3[2]; + + unsigned SoftReset : 1; + unsigned CmdQue : 1; + unsigned Reserved4 : 1; + unsigned Linked : 1; + unsigned Sync : 1; + unsigned WideBus16Bit : 1; + unsigned WideBus32Bit : 1; + unsigned RelAddr : 1; + + uint8_t VendorID[8]; + uint8_t ProductID[16]; + uint8_t RevisionID[4]; + } MS_SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t; + + /** Type define for a SCSI sense structure to a SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. For details of the + * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications. + */ + typedef struct + { + uint8_t ResponseCode; + + uint8_t SegmentNumber; + + unsigned SenseKey : 4; + unsigned Reserved : 1; + unsigned ILI : 1; + unsigned EOM : 1; + unsigned FileMark : 1; + + uint8_t Information[4]; + uint8_t AdditionalLength; + uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4]; + uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode; + uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier; + uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode; + uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3]; + } MS_SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C) + static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void); + static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void); + static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void); + static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void); + static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead); + static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(void); + #endif + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f30969c67 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c @@ -0,0 +1,332 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the Mass Storage demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C +#include "MassStorage.h" + +/** Structure to hold the latest Command Block Wrapper issued by the host, containing a SCSI command to execute. */ +MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock; + +/** Structure to hold the latest Command Status Wrapper to return to the host, containing the status of the last issued command. */ +MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus = { .Signature = MS_CSW_SIGNATURE }; + +/** Flag to asynchronously abort any in-progress data transfers upon the reception of a mass storage reset command. */ +volatile bool IsMassStoreReset = false; + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + MassStorage_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + LEDs_Init(); + Dataflash_Init(); + USB_Init(); + + /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */ + if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation())) + { + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); + for(;;); + } + + /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */ + DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); + + /* Reset the MSReset flag upon connection */ + IsMassStoreReset = false; +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup Mass Storage Data Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Process UFI specific control requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case MS_REQ_MassStorageReset: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* Indicate that the current transfer should be aborted */ + IsMassStoreReset = true; + } + + break; + case MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Indicate to the host the number of supported LUNs (virtual disks) on the device */ + Endpoint_Write_8(TOTAL_LUNS - 1); + + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Task to manage the Mass Storage interface, reading in Command Block Wrappers from the host, processing the SCSI commands they + * contain, and returning Command Status Wrappers back to the host to indicate the success or failure of the last issued command. + */ +void MassStorage_Task(void) +{ + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Process sent command block from the host if one has been sent */ + if (ReadInCommandBlock()) + { + /* Indicate busy */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); + + /* Check direction of command, select Data IN endpoint if data is from the device */ + if (CommandBlock.Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN) + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR); + + /* Decode the received SCSI command, set returned status code */ + CommandStatus.Status = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand() ? MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass : MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail; + + /* Load in the CBW tag into the CSW to link them together */ + CommandStatus.Tag = CommandBlock.Tag; + + /* Load in the data residue counter into the CSW */ + CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = CommandBlock.DataTransferLength; + + /* Stall the selected data pipe if command failed (if data is still to be transferred) */ + if ((CommandStatus.Status == MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail) && (CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue)) + Endpoint_StallTransaction(); + + /* Return command status block to the host */ + ReturnCommandStatus(); + + /* Indicate ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + } + + /* Check if a Mass Storage Reset occurred */ + if (IsMassStoreReset) + { + /* Reset the data endpoint banks */ + Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR); + Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR); + + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR); + Endpoint_ClearStall(); + Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR); + Endpoint_ClearStall(); + Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(); + + /* Clear the abort transfer flag */ + IsMassStoreReset = false; + } +} + +/** Function to read in a command block from the host, via the bulk data OUT endpoint. This function reads in the next command block + * if one has been issued, and performs validation to ensure that the block command is valid. + * + * \return Boolean \c true if a valid command block has been read in from the endpoint, \c false otherwise + */ +static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void) +{ + uint16_t BytesTransferred; + + /* Select the Data Out endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR); + + /* Abort if no command has been sent from the host */ + if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())) + return false; + + /* Read in command block header */ + BytesTransferred = 0; + while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock, (sizeof(CommandBlock) - sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData)), + &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer) + { + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (IsMassStoreReset) + return false; + } + + /* Verify the command block - abort if invalid */ + if ((CommandBlock.Signature != MS_CBW_SIGNATURE) || + (CommandBlock.LUN >= TOTAL_LUNS) || + (CommandBlock.Flags & 0x1F) || + (CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0) || + (CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength > sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData))) + { + /* Stall both data pipes until reset by host */ + Endpoint_StallTransaction(); + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR); + Endpoint_StallTransaction(); + + return false; + } + + /* Read in command block command data */ + BytesTransferred = 0; + while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData, CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength, + &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer) + { + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (IsMassStoreReset) + return false; + } + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + return true; +} + +/** Returns the filled Command Status Wrapper back to the host via the bulk data IN endpoint, waiting for the host to clear any + * stalled data endpoints as needed. + */ +static void ReturnCommandStatus(void) +{ + uint16_t BytesTransferred; + + /* Select the Data Out endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR); + + /* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */ + while (Endpoint_IsStalled()) + { + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (IsMassStoreReset) + return; + } + + /* Select the Data In endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR); + + /* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */ + while (Endpoint_IsStalled()) + { + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (IsMassStoreReset) + return; + } + + /* Write the CSW to the endpoint */ + BytesTransferred = 0; + while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatus), + &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer) + { + /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */ + if (IsMassStoreReset) + return; + } + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f59e18735 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for MassStorage.c. + */ + +#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_ +#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include "Lib/SCSI.h" + #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2 + + /* Global Variables: */ + extern MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock; + extern MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus; + extern volatile bool IsMassStoreReset; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void MassStorage_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C) + static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void); + static void ReturnCommandStatus(void); + #endif + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b070dc83a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Mass Storage Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n + * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n + * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n + * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Mass Storage device demonstration application. This gives a simple + * reference application for implementing a USB Mass Storage device using + * the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers + * required). + * + * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an + * external mass storage device which may be formatted and used in the same + * manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices. + * + * You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this + * demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between + * the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used, + * as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device. + * + * This demo is not restricted to only a single LUN (logical disk); by changing + * the TOTAL_LUNS value in DataflashManager.h, any number of LUNs can be used + * (from 1 to 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available + * Dataflash memory. + * + * The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint + * interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for + * the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without + * the need for complicated polling logic. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> + * <th><b>Location:</b></th> + * <th><b>Description:</b></th> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive + * - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>Indicates if the disk should be write protected or not.</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68ae2c28e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorage.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorage.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorage.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84c2d3d0b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58646499f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = MassStorage +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..299d2ec85 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..368ddc66e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,240 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the + * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This + * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding) + * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for + * more details on HID report descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] = +{ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */ + HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */ + HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */ + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */ + HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), + HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */ + HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */ + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1), + HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1), + HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1), + HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1), + HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02), + HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), + HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE), + HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), + HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), +}; + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass, + .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass, + .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2041, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 1, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .HID_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse, + .AlternateSetting = 0x00, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass, + .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass, + .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .HID_MouseHID = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID}, + + .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1), + .CountryCode = 0x00, + .TotalReportDescriptors = 1, + .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report, + .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport) + }, + + .HID_ReportINEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + case HID_DTYPE_HID: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID; + Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t); + break; + case HID_DTYPE_Report: + Address = &MouseReport; + Size = sizeof(MouseReport); + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3fc96890 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */ + #define MOUSE_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */ + #define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // Mouse HID Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface; + USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0065a9bb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "Mouse.h" + +/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, \c false for special boot + * protocol reporting mode. + */ +static bool UsingReportProtocol = true; + +/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports + * for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user moves the mouse). + */ +static uint16_t IdleCount = 0; + +/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle + * milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request + * the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved. + */ +static uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0; + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + Mouse_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + Joystick_Init(); + LEDs_Init(); + Buttons_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); + + /* Default to report protocol on connect */ + UsingReportProtocol = true; +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and Mouse reporting tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the mouse reporting task started. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup HID Report Endpoint */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, MOUSE_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Turn on Start-of-Frame events for tracking HID report period expiry */ + USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Handle HID Class specific requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case HID_REQ_GetReport: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData; + + /* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */ + CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData); + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData)); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Clear the report data afterwards */ + memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData)); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_GetProtocol: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the current protocol flag to the host */ + Endpoint_Write_8(UsingReportProtocol); + + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_SetProtocol: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */ + UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_SetIdle: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* Get idle period in MSB, must multiply by 4 to get the duration in milliseconds */ + IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6); + } + + break; + case HID_REQ_GetIdle: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */ + Endpoint_Write_8(IdleCount >> 2); + + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void) +{ + /* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */ + if (IdleMSRemaining) + IdleMSRemaining--; +} + +/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host. + * + * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled + */ +void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* const ReportData) +{ + uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); + uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus(); + + /* Clear the report contents */ + memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)); + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) + ReportData->Y = -1; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) + ReportData->Y = 1; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) + ReportData->X = -1; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) + ReportData->X = 1; + + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) + ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0); + + if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) + ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1); +} + +/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */ +void SendNextReport(void) +{ + static USB_MouseReport_Data_t PrevMouseReportData; + USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData; + bool SendReport; + + /* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */ + CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData); + + /* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */ + SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevMouseReportData, &MouseReportData, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)) != 0); + + /* Override the check if the Y or X values are non-zero - we want continuous movement while the joystick + * is being held down (via continuous reports), otherwise the cursor will only move once per joystick toggle */ + if ((MouseReportData.Y != 0) || (MouseReportData.X != 0)) + SendReport = true; + + /* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */ + if (IdleCount && (!(IdleMSRemaining))) + { + /* Reset the idle time remaining counter */ + IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount; + + /* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */ + SendReport = true; + } + + /* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_EPADDR); + + /* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */ + if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport) + { + /* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */ + PrevMouseReportData = MouseReportData; + + /* Write Mouse Report Data */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } +} + +/** Task to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */ +void Mouse_Task(void) +{ + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Send the next mouse report to the host */ + SendNextReport(); +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d72b7977 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Mouse.c. + */ + +#ifndef _MOUSE_H_ +#define _MOUSE_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void Mouse_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void); + + void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* const ReportData); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7246ede31 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>N/A</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n + * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Low Speed Mode \n + * Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference + * application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID + * drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is + * boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if + * it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2). + * + * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function + * as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use + * the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the + * joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as + * the right mouse button. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td> + * None + * </td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac21d0771 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse device demo, implementing a basic USB mouse device that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Mouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Mouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Mouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37bc83018 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37303b3e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = Mouse +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e4d1780a --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief Application Configuration Header File + * + * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of + * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to + * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a + * makefile or build system. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the + * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation. + */ + +#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_ +#define _APP_CONFIG_H_ + + #define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1} + #define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2} + + #define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00} + #define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01} + + #define NO_DECODE_ETHERNET + #define NO_DECODE_ARP + #define NO_DECODE_IP + #define NO_DECODE_ICMP + #define NO_DECODE_TCP + #define NO_DECODE_UDP + #define NO_DECODE_DHCP + +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc828a108 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e42b31860 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x204C, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .CDC_CCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC_Functional_Header = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, + + .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + }, + + .CDC_Functional_ACM = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, + + .Capabilities = 0x00, + }, + + .CDC_Functional_Union = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, + + .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, + .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, + }, + + .CDC_NotificationEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF + }, + + .CDC_DCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .RNDIS_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..84c336f16 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1) + + /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2) + + /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64 + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // RNDIS CDC Control Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint; + + // RNDIS CDC Data Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f34e55f99 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File +; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation + +[DefaultInstall] +CopyINF="LUFA RNDIS.inf" + +[Version] +Signature="$Windows NT$" +Class=Net +ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318} +Provider=%MFGNAME% +DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0 + +[Manufacturer] +%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64 + +[ControlFlags] +ExcludeFromSelect=* + +[DriverInstall] +Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI +BusType=15 +include=netrndis.inf +needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi +AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista + +[DriverInstall.Services] +include=netrndis.inf +needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Vendor and Product ID Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side +; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. +; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. +; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. +; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[DeviceList] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C + +[DeviceList.NTx86] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C + +[DeviceList.NTamd64] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C + +[DeviceList.NTia64] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; String Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +;Modify these strings to customize your device +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[Strings] +MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org" +DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo" diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24008705c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the + * conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the + * device. + */ + +#include "ARP.h" + +/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response + * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the + * virtual server device on the network. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header + * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header + * + * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise + */ +int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, + void* OutDataStart) +{ + DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart); + + ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart; + ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart; + + /* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */ + if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) && + (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST)) + { + /* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */ + if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) || + MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress)) + { + /* Fill out the ARP response header */ + ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType; + ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType; + ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN; + ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN; + ARPHeaderOUT->Operation = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY); + + /* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */ + ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA; + ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA; + + /* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */ + ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress; + ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress; + + /* Return the size of the response so far */ + return sizeof(ARP_Header_t); + } + } + + return NO_RESPONSE; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c809cbf44 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for ARP.c. + */ + +#ifndef _ARP_H_ +#define _ARP_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include "EthernetProtocols.h" + #include "Ethernet.h" + #include "ProtocolDecoders.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation. */ + #define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST 1 + + /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation. */ + #define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY 2 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */ + typedef struct + { + uint16_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */ + uint16_t ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */ + + uint8_t HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */ + uint8_t PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */ + uint16_t Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */ + + MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */ + IP_Address_t SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */ + MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */ + IP_Address_t TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */ + } ARP_Header_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, + void* OutDataStart); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f7b40af6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol + * handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided + * IP address given to it by the device. + */ + +#include "DHCP.h" + +/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response + * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address. + * + * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header + * \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header + * \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header + * + * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise + */ +int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, + void* DHCPHeaderInStart, + void* DHCPHeaderOutStart) +{ + IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart; + DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart; + DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart; + + uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderInStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t)); + uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t)); + + DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart); + + /* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it is legacy and left at 0 */ + memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t)); + + /* Fill out the response DHCP packet */ + DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType; + DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY; + DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength; + DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops = 0; + DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID; + DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds = 0; + DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags; + DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP = ClientIPAddress; + memmove(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)); + DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE); + + /* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that + when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */ + IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress = ClientIPAddress; + IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress; + + /* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */ + while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END) + { + /* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */ + if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE) + { + if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST)) + { + /* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */ + + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER + : DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK; + + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t); + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00; + + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(uint32_t); + /* Lease Time 86400s (ONE_DAY) */ + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x01; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x51; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x80; + + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER; + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t); + memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t)); + DHCPOptionsOUTStart += sizeof(IP_Address_t); + + *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END; + + return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 18 + sizeof(IP_Address_t)); + } + } + + /* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */ + DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2)); + } + + return NO_RESPONSE; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ef78469e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h @@ -0,0 +1,131 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for DHCP.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DHCP_H_ +#define _DHCP_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "EthernetProtocols.h" + #include "Ethernet.h" + #include "ProtocolDecoders.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server. */ + #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01 + + /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host. */ + #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02 + + /** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier. */ + #define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 0x01 + + /** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP). */ + #define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363 + + /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow. */ + #define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK 1 + + /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the Lease Time will follow. */ + #define DHCP_OPTION_LEASETIME 51 + + /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow. */ + #define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE 53 + + /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow. */ + #define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER 54 + + /** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data. */ + #define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0 + + /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data. */ + #define DHCP_OPTION_END 255 + + /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address. */ + #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1 + + /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address. */ + #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER 2 + + /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address. */ + #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST 3 + + /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease. */ + #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE 4 + + /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request. */ + #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK 5 + + /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request. */ + #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK 6 + + /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address. */ + #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE 7 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */ + typedef struct + { + uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */ + uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */ + uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */ + uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */ + + uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */ + + uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */ + uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */ + + IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */ + IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */ + IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ + IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ + + uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */ + uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ + uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */ + + uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */ + } DHCP_Header_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, + void* DHCPHeaderInStart, + void* DHCPHeaderOutStart); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a48de2c71 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet + * frames sent and received, deferring the processing of sub-packet protocols to the appropriate + * protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP. + */ + +#include "Ethernet.h" + +/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the incoming Ethernet frame from the host. */ +Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN; + +/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the outgoing Ethernet frame to the host. */ +Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT; + +/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */ +const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS}; + +/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */ +const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS}; + +/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */ +const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS}; + +/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */ +const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS}; + +/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */ +const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS}; + + +/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet + * frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response. + */ +void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void) +{ + DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN.FrameData); + + /* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */ + Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN.FrameData; + Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData; + + int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE; + + /* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */ + if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) || + MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) && + (SwapEndian_16(FrameIN.FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE)) + { + /* Process the packet depending on its protocol */ + switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType)) + { + case ETHERTYPE_ARP: + RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)], + &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]); + break; + case ETHERTYPE_IPV4: + RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)], + &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]); + break; + } + + /* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */ + if (RetSize > 0) + { + /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */ + FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress; + FrameOUTHeader->Destination = FrameINHeader->Source; + FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = FrameINHeader->EtherType; + + /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */ + FrameOUT.FrameLength = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize); + } + } + + /* Check if the packet was processed */ + if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS) + { + /* Clear the frame buffer */ + FrameIN.FrameLength = 0; + } +} + +/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's + * compliment of each word, complimented. + * + * \param[in] Data Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated + * \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes in the data buffer to process + * + * \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value + */ +uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, + uint16_t Bytes) +{ + uint16_t* Words = (uint16_t*)Data; + uint32_t Checksum = 0; + + for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++) + Checksum += Words[CurrWord]; + + while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000) + Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16)); + + return ~Checksum; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8eaf64080 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Ethernet.c. + */ + +#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_ +#define _ETHERNET_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + #include "EthernetProtocols.h" + #include "ProtocolDecoders.h" + #include "ICMP.h" + #include "TCP.h" + #include "UDP.h" + #include "DHCP.h" + #include "ARP.h" + #include "IP.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address. */ + #define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF} + + /** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical. + * + * \param[in] MAC1 First MAC address + * \param[in] MAC2 Second MAC address + * + * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise + */ + #define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2) (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0) + + /** Maximum size of an incoming or outgoing Ethernet frame in bytes. */ + #define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX 1500 + + /** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard. */ + #define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE 0x0600 + + /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated. */ + #define NO_RESPONSE 0 + + /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled. */ + #define NO_PROCESS -1 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer data and information structure. */ + typedef struct + { + uint8_t FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents. */ + uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer. */ + } Ethernet_Frame_Info_t; + + /** Type define for an Ethernet frame header. */ + typedef struct + { + MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */ + MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */ + uint16_t EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */ + } Ethernet_Frame_Header_t; + + /* External Variables: */ + extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN; + extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT; + + extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress; + extern const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress; + extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress; + extern const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress; + extern const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void); + uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, + uint16_t Bytes); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ca738cd0d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by + * all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack. + */ + +#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_ +#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_ + + /* Macros: */ + #define ETHERTYPE_IPV4 0x0800 + #define ETHERTYPE_ARP 0x0806 + #define ETHERTYPE_RARP 0x8035 + #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK 0x809b + #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP 0x80f3 + #define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q 0x8100 + #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX 0x8137 + #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL 0x8138 + #define ETHERTYPE_IPV6 0x86DD + #define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET 0x8819 + #define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING 0x88a8 + #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST 0x8847 + #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST 0x8848 + #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY 0x8863 + #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION 0x8864 + #define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN 0x888E + #define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI 0x889A + #define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET 0x88A2 + #define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT 0x88A4 + #define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII 0x88CD + #define ETHERTYPE_CESoE 0x88D8 + #define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY 0x88E5 + #define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL 0x8906 + #define ETHERTYPE_QINQ 0x9100 + #define ETHERTYPE_VLLT 0xCAFE + + #define PROTOCOL_ICMP 1 + #define PROTOCOL_IGMP 2 + #define PROTOCOL_TCP 6 + #define PROTOCOL_UDP 17 + #define PROTOCOL_OSPF 89 + #define PROTOCOL_SCTP 132 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network. */ + typedef struct + { + uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */ + } RNDIS_MAC_Address_t; + + /** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network. */ + typedef struct + { + uint8_t Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */ + } IP_Address_t; + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b144c4c51 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles + * Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host + * and the virtual server. + */ + +#include "ICMP.h" + +/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response + * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header + * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header + * + * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise + */ +int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart, + void* OutDataStart) +{ + ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart; + ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart; + + DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart); + + /* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */ + if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST) + { + /* Fill out the ICMP response packet */ + ICMPHeaderOUT->Type = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY; + ICMPHeaderOUT->Code = 0; + ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0; + ICMPHeaderOUT->Id = ICMPHeaderIN->Id; + ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence; + + intptr_t DataSize = FrameIN.FrameLength - ((((intptr_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (intptr_t)FrameIN.FrameData)); + + /* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */ + memmove(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)], + &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)], + DataSize); + + ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t))); + + /* Return the size of the response so far */ + return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)); + } + + return NO_RESPONSE; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8039da3e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for ICMP.c. + */ + +#ifndef _ICMP_H_ +#define _ICMP_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "EthernetProtocols.h" + #include "Ethernet.h" + #include "ProtocolDecoders.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message. */ + #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY 0 + + /** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable. */ + #define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3 + + /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message. */ + #define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH 4 + + /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message. */ + #define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE 5 + + /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message. */ + #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST 8 + + /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message. */ + #define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED 11 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for an ICMP message header. */ + typedef struct + { + uint8_t Type; /**< ICMP message type, an \c ICMP_TYPE_* constant */ + uint8_t Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */ + uint16_t Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */ + uint16_t Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */ + uint16_t Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */ + } ICMP_Header_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart, + void* OutDataStart); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfa583b85 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Internet Protocol (IP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles IP packets from the + * host which typically encapsulate other protocols such as ICMP, UDP and TCP. + */ + +#include "IP.h" + +/** Processes an IP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response + * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a sub-protocol handler. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header + * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's IP header + * + * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no + * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the + * next Ethernet packet handler iteration + */ +int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart, + void* OutDataStart) +{ + DecodeIPHeader(InDataStart); + + IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart; + IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)OutDataStart; + + /* Header length is specified in number of longs in the packet header, convert to bytes */ + uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t)); + + int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE; + + /* Check to ensure the IP packet is addressed to the virtual webserver's IP or the broadcast IP address */ + if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)) && + !(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &BroadcastIPAddress))) + { + return NO_RESPONSE; + } + + /* Pass off the IP payload to the appropriate protocol processing routine */ + switch (IPHeaderIN->Protocol) + { + case PROTOCOL_ICMP: + RetSize = ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes], + &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]); + break; + case PROTOCOL_TCP: + RetSize = TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(InDataStart, + &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes], + &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]); + break; + case PROTOCOL_UDP: + RetSize = UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(InDataStart, + &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes], + &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]); + break; + } + + /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */ + if (RetSize > 0) + { + /* Fill out the response IP packet header */ + IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize); + IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t)); + IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4; + IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = IPHeaderIN->Protocol; + IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL; + IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress; + IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress; + + IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t)); + + /* Return the size of the response so far */ + return (sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize); + } + + return RetSize; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48f2c9086 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for IP.c. + */ + +#ifndef _IP_H_ +#define _IP_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "EthernetProtocols.h" + #include "Ethernet.h" + #include "ProtocolDecoders.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address. */ + #define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF} + + /** Default Time To Live (TTL) value for sent packets, indicating the maximum allowable hops until their destination + * is reached. + */ + #define DEFAULT_TTL 128 + + /** Performs a comparison between two IP addresses, indicating if they are identical. + * + * \param[in] IP1 First IP address + * \param[in] IP2 Second IP address + * + * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise + */ + #define IP_COMPARE(IP1, IP2) (memcmp(IP1, IP2, sizeof(IP_Address_t)) == 0) + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define of an IP packet header. */ + typedef struct + { + unsigned HeaderLength : 4; /**< Total length of the packet header, in 4-byte blocks */ + unsigned Version : 4; /**< IP protocol version */ + uint8_t TypeOfService; /**< Special service type identifier, indicating delay/throughput/reliability levels */ + uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the IP packet, in bytes */ + + uint16_t Identification; /**< Identification value for identifying fragmented packets */ + unsigned FragmentOffset : 13; /**< Offset of this IP fragment */ + unsigned Flags : 3; /**< Fragment flags, to indicate if a packet is fragmented */ + + uint8_t TTL; /**< Maximum allowable number of hops to reach the packet destination */ + uint8_t Protocol; /**< Encapsulated protocol type */ + uint16_t HeaderChecksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the IP header */ + + IP_Address_t SourceAddress; /**< Source protocol IP address of the packet */ + IP_Address_t DestinationAddress; /**< Destination protocol IP address of the packet */ + } IP_Header_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart, + void* OutDataStart); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90d678bf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/* Protocol decoders for Ethernet, TCP, IP, ICMP and ARP. Each of these routines + accepts a header to the appropriate protocol and prints out pertinent information + on the packet through the serial port. + + To disable printing of a specific protocol, define the token NO_DECODE_{Protocol} + in the project makefile, and pass it to the compiler using the -D switch. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Protocol decoding routines, for the plain-text decoding of Ethernet frames for debugging purposes. + * Enabled protocol decoders will print incoming Ethernet frame contents through the USART in a human + * readable format. + * + * Note that the USART is a slow transmission medium, and will slow down packet processing considerably. + * Packet decoding routines can be disabled by defining NO_DECODE_{Protocol Name} in the project makefile + * and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch. + */ + +#include "ProtocolDecoders.h" + +/** Decodes an Ethernet frame header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an Ethernet frame header + */ +void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart) +{ + #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ETHERNET) + Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)InDataStart; + + printf_P(PSTR("\r\n")); + + printf_P(PSTR(" ETHERNET\r\n")); + + if (!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress)) && + !(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress))) + { + printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n")); + return; + } + + printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Source : %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Source.Octets[0], + FrameHeader->Source.Octets[1], + FrameHeader->Source.Octets[2], + FrameHeader->Source.Octets[3], + FrameHeader->Source.Octets[4], + FrameHeader->Source.Octets[5]); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Dest: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[0], + FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[1], + FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[2], + FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[3], + FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[4], + FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[5]); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: 0x%04x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(FrameHeader->EtherType)); + #endif +} + +/** Decodes an ARP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ARP packet header + */ +void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart) +{ + #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ARP) + ARP_Header_t* ARPHeader = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart; + + printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ARP\r\n")); + + if (!(IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->TPA, &ServerIPAddress)) && + !(MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->THA, &ServerMACAddress))) + { + printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n")); + return; + } + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType)); + printf_P(PSTR(" + Operation: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->Operation)); + + if (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) + { + printf_P(PSTR(" + SHA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[0], + ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[1], + ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[2], + ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[3], + ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[4], + ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[5]); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + SPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[0], + ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[1], + ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[2], + ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[3]); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + THA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->THA.Octets[0], + ARPHeader->THA.Octets[1], + ARPHeader->THA.Octets[2], + ARPHeader->THA.Octets[3], + ARPHeader->THA.Octets[4], + ARPHeader->THA.Octets[5]); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + TPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[0], + ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[1], + ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[2], + ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[3]); + } + #endif +} + +/** Decodes an IP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an IP packet header + */ +void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart) +{ + #if !defined(NO_DECODE_IP) + IP_Header_t* IPHeader = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart; + + uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeader->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t)); + + printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n IP\r\n")); + + if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeader->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress))) + { + printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n")); + return; + } + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes); + printf_P(PSTR(" + Packet Version: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Version); + printf_P(PSTR(" + Total Length: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(IPHeader->TotalLength)); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Protocol); + printf_P(PSTR(" + TTL: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->TTL); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Src: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[0], + IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[1], + IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[2], + IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[3]); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Dst: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[0], + IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[1], + IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[2], + IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[3]); + #endif +} + +/** Decodes an ICMP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ICMP packet header + */ +void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart) +{ + #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ICMP) + ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeader = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart; + + printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ICMP\r\n")); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Type: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Type); + printf_P(PSTR(" + Code: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Code); + #endif +} + +/** Decodes a TCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a TCP packet header + */ +void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart) +{ + #if !defined(NO_DECODE_TCP) + TCP_Header_t* TCPHeader = (TCP_Header_t*)InDataStart; + + uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (TCPHeader->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t)); + + printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n TCP\r\n")); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->SourcePort)); + printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->DestinationPort)); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Sequence Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->SequenceNumber)); + printf_P(PSTR(" + Acknowledgment Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->AcknowledgmentNumber)); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Flags: 0x%02X\r\n"), TCPHeader->Flags); + + if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeader->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Closed) + printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT LISTENING ON DESTINATION PORT\r\n")); + #endif +} + +/** Decodes an UDP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a UDP packet header + */ +void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart) +{ + #if !defined(NO_DECODE_UDP) + UDP_Header_t* UDPHeader = (UDP_Header_t*)InDataStart; + + printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n UDP\r\n")); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->SourcePort)); + printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->DestinationPort)); + + printf_P(PSTR(" + Data Length: %d\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->Length)); + #endif +} + +/** Decodes an DHCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format. + * + * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a DHCP packet header + */ +void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart) +{ + #if !defined(NO_DECODE_DHCP) + uint8_t* DHCPOptions = ((uint8_t*)InDataStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t)); + + printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n DHCP\r\n")); + + while (DHCPOptions[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END) + { + if (DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE) + { + switch (DHCPOptions[2]) + { + case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER: + printf_P(PSTR(" + DISCOVER\r\n")); + break; + case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST: + printf_P(PSTR(" + REQUEST\r\n")); + break; + case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE: + printf_P(PSTR(" + RELEASE\r\n")); + break; + case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE: + printf_P(PSTR(" + DECLINE\r\n")); + break; + } + } + + DHCPOptions += ((DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptions[1] + 2)); + } + #endif +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77a50f02f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for ProtocolDecoders.c. + */ + +#ifndef _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_ +#define _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + #include <stdio.h> + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h> + + #include "EthernetProtocols.h" + #include "Ethernet.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart); + void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart); + void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart); + void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart); + void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart); + void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart); + void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..00052ed39 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c @@ -0,0 +1,394 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * RNDIS command handler functions. This handles RNDIS commands according to + * the Microsoft RNDIS specification, creating a USB Ethernet network adapter. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C +#include "RNDIS.h" + +/** Physical MAC address of the network adapter, which becomes the MAC address of the host for packets sent to the adapter. */ +static const MAC_Address_t PROGMEM AdapterMACAddress = {ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS}; + +/** Vendor description of the adapter. This is overridden by the INF file required to install the appropriate RNDIS drivers for + * the device, but may still be used by the OS in some circumstances. + */ +static const char PROGMEM AdapterVendorDescription[] = "LUFA RNDIS Adapter"; + +/** List of RNDIS OID commands supported by this adapter. */ +static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[] = + { + OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST, + OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM, + OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS, + OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED, + OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE, + OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE, + OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE, + OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED, + OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE, + OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE, + OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID, + OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION, + OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER, + OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE, + OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS, + OID_GEN_XMIT_OK, + OID_GEN_RCV_OK, + OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR, + OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR, + OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER, + OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS, + OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS, + OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST, + OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE, + OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT, + OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION, + OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS, + }; + +/** Buffer for RNDIS messages (as distinct from Ethernet frames sent through the adapter. This must be big enough to hold the entire + * Supported OID list, plus the response header. The buffer is half-duplex, and is written to as it is read to save on SRAM - for this + * reason, care must be taken when constructing RNDIS responses that unread data is not overwritten when writing in responses. + */ +uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)]; + +/** Pointer to the RNDIS message header at the top of the RNDIS message buffer, for convenience. */ +RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + +/** Indicates if a RNDIS message response is ready to be sent back to the host. */ +bool ResponseReady = false; + +/** Current RNDIS adapter state, a value from the \c RNDIS_States_t enum. */ +uint8_t CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized; + +/** Current Ethernet packet filter mask. This is non-zero when the adapter is initialized, or zero when disabled. */ +uint32_t CurrPacketFilter = 0; + + +/** Processes the RNDIS message received by the host and stored in the RNDISMessageBuffer global buffer. If a response is + * created, the ResponseReady global is updated so that the response is written back to the host upon request. + */ +void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void) +{ + /* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of + this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */ + + switch (MessageHeader->MessageType) + { + case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG: + /* Initialize the adapter - return information about the supported RNDIS version and buffer sizes */ + + ResponseReady = true; + + RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t* INITIALIZE_Message = (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response = (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + + INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT; + INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t); + INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId; + INITIALIZE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS; + + INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR; + INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR; + INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags = REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS; + INITIALIZE_Response->Medium = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3; + INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer = 1; + INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX); + INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor = 0; + INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset = 0; + INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize = 0; + + CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Initialized; + + break; + case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG: + /* Halt the adapter, reset the adapter state - note that no response should be returned when completed */ + + ResponseReady = false; + MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0; + + CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized; + + break; + case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG: + /* Request for information about a parameter about the adapter, specified as an OID token */ + + ResponseReady = true; + + RNDIS_Query_Message_t* QUERY_Message = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + uint32_t Query_Oid = QUERY_Message->Oid; + + void* QueryData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) + + QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset]; + void* ResponseData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)]; + uint16_t ResponseSize; + + QUERY_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT; + QUERY_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t); + + if (ProcessNDISQuery(Query_Oid, QueryData, QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength, + ResponseData, &ResponseSize)) + { + QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS; + QUERY_Response->MessageLength += ResponseSize; + + QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = ResponseSize; + QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)); + } + else + { + QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED; + + QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = 0; + QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = 0; + } + + break; + case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG: + /* Request to set a parameter of the adapter, specified as an OID token */ + + ResponseReady = true; + + RNDIS_Set_Message_t* SET_Message = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + uint32_t SET_Oid = SET_Message->Oid; + + SET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT; + SET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t); + SET_Response->RequestId = SET_Message->RequestId; + + void* SetData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) + + SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset]; + + if (ProcessNDISSet(SET_Oid, SetData, SET_Message->InformationBufferLength)) + SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS; + else + SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED; + + break; + case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG: + /* Soft reset the adapter */ + + ResponseReady = true; + + RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + + RESET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT; + RESET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t); + RESET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS; + RESET_Response->AddressingReset = 0; + + break; + case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG: + /* Keep alive message sent to the adapter every 5 seconds when idle to ensure it is still responding */ + + ResponseReady = true; + + RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t* KEEPALIVE_Message = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer; + + KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT; + KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t); + KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId; + KEEPALIVE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS; + + break; + } +} + +/** Processes RNDIS query commands, retrieving information from the adapter and reporting it back to the host. The requested + * parameter is given as an OID value. + * + * \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being queried + * \param[in] QueryData Pointer to any extra query data being sent by the host to the device inside the RNDIS message buffer + * \param[in] QuerySize Size in bytes of the extra query data being sent by the host + * \param[out] ResponseData Pointer to the start of the query response inside the RNDIS message buffer + * \param[out] ResponseSize Pointer to the size in bytes of the response data being sent to the host + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the query was handled, \c false otherwise + */ +static bool ProcessNDISQuery(const uint32_t OId, void* QueryData, uint16_t QuerySize, + void* ResponseData, uint16_t* ResponseSize) +{ + /* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG messages */ + + switch (OId) + { + case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList); + + /* Copy the list of supported NDIS OID tokens to the response buffer */ + memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList)); + + return true; + case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0; + + return true; + case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Always indicate hardware ready */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready; + + return true; + case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED: + case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Indicate 802.3 (Ethernet) supported by the adapter */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3; + + return true; + case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0x00FFFFFF; + + return true; + case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE: + case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE: + case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Indicate that the maximum frame size is the size of the ethernet frame buffer */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX; + + return true; + case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription); + + /* Copy vendor description string to the response buffer */ + memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterVendorDescription, sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription)); + + return true; + case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Always indicate that the adapter is connected to a network */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED; + + return true; + case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 100000; + + return true; + case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS: + case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t); + + /* Copy over the fixed adapter MAC to the response buffer */ + memcpy_P(ResponseData, &AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)); + + return true; + case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Indicate only one multicast address supported */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 1; + + return true; + case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Indicate the current packet filter mask */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CurrPacketFilter; + + return true; + case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK: + case OID_GEN_RCV_OK: + case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR: + case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR: + case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER: + case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT: + case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION: + case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0; + + return true; + case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE: + *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t); + + /* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */ + *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = (sizeof(RNDISMessageBuffer) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX); + + return true; + default: + return false; + } +} + +/** Processes RNDIS set commands, setting adapter parameters to values given by the host. The requested parameter is given + * as an OID value. + * + * \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being set + * \param[in] SetData Pointer to the parameter value in the RNDIS message buffer + * \param[in] SetSize Size in bytes of the parameter value being sent by the host + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the set was handled, \c false otherwise + */ +static bool ProcessNDISSet(uint32_t OId, void* SetData, uint16_t SetSize) +{ + /* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG messages */ + + switch (OId) + { + case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER: + /* Save the packet filter mask in case the host queries it again later */ + CurrPacketFilter = *((uint32_t*)SetData); + + /* Set the RNDIS state to initialized if the packet filter is non-zero */ + CurrRNDISState = ((CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Initialized); + + return true; + case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST: + /* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */ + + return true; + default: + return false; + } +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bea97f79d --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for RNDIS.c. + */ + +#ifndef _RNDIS_H_ +#define _RNDIS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + + #include "../RNDISEthernet.h" + #include "Ethernet.h" + + /* External Variables: */ + extern uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[]; + extern RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader; + extern bool ResponseReady; + extern uint8_t CurrRNDISState; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C) + static bool ProcessNDISQuery(const uint32_t OId, + void* QueryData, + uint16_t QuerySize, + void* ResponseData, + uint16_t* ResponseSize); + static bool ProcessNDISSet(const uint32_t OId, + void* SetData, + uint16_t SetSize); + #endif + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6f1f6adf --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c @@ -0,0 +1,631 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the reliable in-order transmission + * and reception of packets to and from devices on a network, to "ports" on the device. It is used in situations where data + * delivery must be reliable and correct, e.g. HTTP, TELNET and most other non-streaming protocols. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C +#include "TCP.h" + +/** Port state table array. This contains the current status of TCP ports in the device. To save on space, only open ports are + * stored - closed ports may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any ports not present in the array are closed. This + * allows for MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS to be less than the number of ports used by the application if desired. + */ +TCP_PortState_t PortStateTable[MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS]; + +/** Connection state table array. This contains the current status of TCP connections in the device. To save on space, only active + * (non-closed) connections are stored - closed connections may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any connections + * not present in the array are closed. + */ +TCP_ConnectionState_t ConnectionStateTable[MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS]; + + +/** Task to handle the calling of each registered application's callback function, to process and generate TCP packets at the application + * level. If an application produces a response, this task constructs the appropriate Ethernet frame and places it into the Ethernet OUT + * buffer for later transmission. + */ +void TCP_Task(void) +{ + /* Run each application in sequence, to process incoming and generate outgoing packets */ + for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++) + { + /* Find the corresponding port entry in the port table */ + for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++) + { + /* Run the application handler for the port */ + if ((PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port) && + (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Open)) + { + PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry], + &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer); + } + } + } + + /* Bail out early if there is already a frame waiting to be sent in the Ethernet OUT buffer */ + if (FrameOUT.FrameLength) + return; + + /* Send response packets from each application as the TCP packet buffers are filled by the applications */ + for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++) + { + /* For each completely received packet, pass it along to the listening application */ + if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT) && + (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready)) + { + Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData; + IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]; + TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + + sizeof(IP_Header_t)]; + void* TCPDataOUT = &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + + sizeof(IP_Header_t) + + sizeof(TCP_Header_t)]; + + uint16_t PacketSize = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Length; + + /* Fill out the TCP data */ + TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port; + TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort; + TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut); + TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberIn); + TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t)); + TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE); + + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK; + TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0; + TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0; + TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0; + + memcpy(TCPDataOUT, ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Data, PacketSize); + + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut += PacketSize; + + TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &ServerIPAddress, + &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, + (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) + PacketSize)); + + PacketSize += sizeof(TCP_Header_t); + + /* Fill out the response IP header */ + IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + PacketSize); + IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t)); + IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4; + IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0; + IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = PROTOCOL_TCP; + IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL; + IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = ServerIPAddress; + IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress; + + IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t)); + + PacketSize += sizeof(IP_Header_t); + + /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */ + FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress; + FrameOUTHeader->Destination = (MAC_Address_t){{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}}; + FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = SwapEndian_16(ETHERTYPE_IPV4); + + PacketSize += sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t); + + /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */ + FrameOUT.FrameLength = PacketSize; + + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready = false; + + break; + } + } +} + +/** Initializes the TCP protocol handler, clearing the port and connection state tables. This must be called before TCP packets are + * processed. + */ +void TCP_Init(void) +{ + /* Initialize the port state table with all CLOSED entries */ + for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++) + PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = TCP_Port_Closed; + + /* Initialize the connection table with all CLOSED entries */ + for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++) + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = TCP_Connection_Closed; +} + +/** Sets the state and callback handler of the given port, specified in big endian to the given state. + * + * \param[in] Port Port whose state and callback function to set, specified in big endian + * \param[in] State New state of the port, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum + * \param[in] Handler Application callback handler for the port + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the port state was set, \c false otherwise (no more space in the port state table) + */ +bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port, + const uint8_t State, + void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*)) +{ + /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */ + + /* Check to see if the port entry is already in the port state table */ + for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++) + { + /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, update it if found */ + if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port) + { + PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State; + PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler; + return true; + } + } + + /* Check if trying to open the port -- if so we need to find an unused (closed) entry and replace it */ + if (State == TCP_Port_Open) + { + for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++) + { + /* Find a closed port entry in the table, change it to the given port and state */ + if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Closed) + { + PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port = Port; + PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State; + PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler; + return true; + } + } + + /* Port not in table and no room to add it, return failure */ + return false; + } + else + { + /* Port not in table but trying to close it, so operation successful */ + return true; + } +} + +/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP port, specified in big endian. + * + * \param[in] Port TCP port whose state is to be retrieved, given in big-endian + * + * \return A value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum + */ +uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port) +{ + /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */ + + for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++) + { + /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, return the port status if found */ + if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port) + return PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State; + } + + /* Port not in table, assume closed */ + return TCP_Port_Closed; +} + +/** Sets the connection state of the given port, remote address and remote port to the given TCP connection state. If the + * connection exists in the connection state table it is updated, otherwise it is created if possible. + * + * \param[in] Port TCP port of the connection on the device, specified in big endian + * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected device + * \param[in] RemotePort TCP port of the remote device in the connection, specified in big endian + * \param[in] State TCP connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the connection was updated or created, \c false otherwise (no more space in the connection state table) + */ +bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port, + const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress, + const uint16_t RemotePort, + const uint8_t State) +{ + /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */ + + for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++) + { + /* Find port entry in the table */ + if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) && + IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) && + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort) + { + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State; + return true; + } + } + + for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++) + { + /* Find empty entry in the table */ + if (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State == TCP_Connection_Closed) + { + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port = Port; + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress = *RemoteAddress; + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort = RemotePort; + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State; + return true; + } + } + + return false; +} + +/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP connection to a host. + * + * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian + * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host + * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian + * + * \return A value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum + */ +uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port, + const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress, + const uint16_t RemotePort) +{ + /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */ + + for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++) + { + /* Find port entry in the table */ + if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) && + IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) && + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort) + + { + return ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State; + } + } + + return TCP_Connection_Closed; +} + +/** Retrieves the connection info structure of a given connection to a host. + * + * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian + * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host + * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian + * + * \return ConnectionInfo structure of the connection if found, NULL otherwise + */ +TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port, + const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress, + const uint16_t RemotePort) +{ + /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */ + + for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++) + { + /* Find port entry in the table */ + if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) && + IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) && + ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort) + { + return &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info; + } + } + + return NULL; +} + +/** Processes a TCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response + * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a application handler. + * + * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header + * \param[in] TCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's TCP header + * \param[out] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's TCP header + * + * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no + * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the + * next Ethernet packet handler iteration + */ +int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, + void* TCPHeaderInStart, + void* TCPHeaderOutStart) +{ + IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart; + TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderIN = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderInStart; + TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart; + + TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* ConnectionInfo; + + DecodeTCPHeader(TCPHeaderInStart); + + bool PacketResponse = false; + + /* Check if the destination port is open and allows incoming connections */ + if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Open) + { + /* Detect SYN from host to start a connection */ + if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_SYN) + TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Listen); + + /* Detect RST from host to abort existing connection */ + if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_RST) + { + if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed)) + { + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK); + PacketResponse = true; + } + } + else + { + /* Process the incoming TCP packet based on the current connection state for the sender and port */ + switch (TCP_GetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort)) + { + case TCP_Connection_Listen: + if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_SYN) + { + /* SYN connection starts a connection with a peer */ + if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_SYNReceived)) + { + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_SYN | TCP_FLAG_ACK); + + ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort); + + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn = (SwapEndian_32(TCPHeaderIN->SequenceNumber) + 1); + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut = 0; + ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false; + } + else + { + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_RST; + } + + PacketResponse = true; + } + + break; + case TCP_Connection_SYNReceived: + if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) + { + /* ACK during the connection process completes the connection to a peer */ + + TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Established); + + ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort); + + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++; + } + + break; + case TCP_Connection_Established: + if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK)) + { + /* FIN ACK when connected to a peer starts the finalization process */ + + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK); + PacketResponse = true; + + TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_CloseWait); + + ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort); + + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++; + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++; + } + else if ((TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_PSH))) + { + ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort); + + /* Check if the buffer is currently in use either by a buffered data to send, or receive */ + if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse == false) && (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready == false)) + { + ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_IN; + ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = true; + ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length = 0; + } + + /* Check if the buffer has been claimed by us to read in data from the peer */ + if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN) && + (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length != TCP_WINDOW_SIZE)) + { + uint16_t IPOffset = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t)); + uint16_t TCPOffset = (TCPHeaderIN->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t)); + uint16_t DataLength = (SwapEndian_16(IPHeaderIN->TotalLength) - IPOffset - TCPOffset); + + /* Copy the packet data into the buffer */ + memcpy(&ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Data[ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length], + &((uint8_t*)TCPHeaderInStart)[TCPOffset], + DataLength); + + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn += DataLength; + ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length += DataLength; + + /* Check if the buffer is full or if the PSH flag is set, if so indicate buffer ready */ + if ((!(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length)) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_PSH)) + { + ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false; + ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready = true; + + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK; + PacketResponse = true; + } + } + else + { + /* Buffer is currently in use by the application, defer processing of the incoming packet */ + return NO_PROCESS; + } + } + + break; + case TCP_Connection_Closing: + ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort); + + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_FIN); + PacketResponse = true; + + ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false; + + TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait1); + + break; + case TCP_Connection_FINWait1: + if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK)) + { + ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort); + + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK; + PacketResponse = true; + + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++; + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++; + + TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed); + } + else if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) + { + TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait2); + } + + break; + case TCP_Connection_FINWait2: + if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK)) + { + ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort); + + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK; + PacketResponse = true; + + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++; + ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++; + + TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed); + } + + break; + case TCP_Connection_CloseWait: + if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) + { + TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed); + } + + break; + } + } + } + else + { + /* Port is not open, indicate via a RST/ACK response to the sender */ + TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK); + PacketResponse = true; + } + + /* Check if we need to respond to the sent packet */ + if (PacketResponse) + { + ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, + TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort); + + TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort; + TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort; + TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut); + TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn); + TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t)); + + if (!(ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse)) + TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE); + else + TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length); + + TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0; + TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0; + TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0; + + TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, + &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, sizeof(TCP_Header_t)); + + return sizeof(TCP_Header_t); + } + + return NO_RESPONSE; +} + +/** Calculates the appropriate TCP checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's compliment of each word, + * complimented. + * + * \param[in] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the packet's outgoing TCP header + * \param[in] SourceAddress Source protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header + * \param[in] DestinationAddress Destination protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header + * \param[in] TCPOutSize Size in bytes of the TCP data header and payload + * + * \return A 16-bit TCP checksum value + */ +static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart, + const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress, + const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress, + uint16_t TCPOutSize) +{ + uint32_t Checksum = 0; + + /* TCP/IP checksums are the addition of the one's compliment of each word including the IP pseudo-header, + complimented */ + + Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[0]; + Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[1]; + Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[0]; + Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[1]; + Checksum += SwapEndian_16(PROTOCOL_TCP); + Checksum += SwapEndian_16(TCPOutSize); + + for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (TCPOutSize >> 1); CurrWord++) + Checksum += ((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[CurrWord]; + + if (TCPOutSize & 0x01) + Checksum += (((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[TCPOutSize >> 1] & 0x00FF); + + while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000) + Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16)); + + return ~Checksum; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce8a9a2d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for TCP.c. + */ + +#ifndef _TCP_H_ +#define _TCP_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <stdbool.h> + + #include "EthernetProtocols.h" + #include "Ethernet.h" + #include "ProtocolDecoders.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Maximum number of TCP ports which can be open at the one time. */ + #define MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS 1 + + /** Maximum number of TCP connections which can be sustained at the one time. */ + #define MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS 3 + + /** TCP window size, giving the maximum number of bytes which can be buffered at the one time. */ + #define TCP_WINDOW_SIZE 512 + + /** Port number for HTTP transmissions. */ + #define TCP_PORT_HTTP SwapEndian_16(80) + + /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from host-to-device. */ + #define TCP_PACKETDIR_IN false + + /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from device-to-host. */ + #define TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT true + + /** Congestion Window Reduced TCP flag mask. */ + #define TCP_FLAG_CWR (1 << 7) + + /** Explicit Congestion Notification TCP flag mask. */ + #define TCP_FLAG_ECE (1 << 6) + + /** Urgent TCP flag mask. */ + #define TCP_FLAG_URG (1 << 5) + + /** Data Acknowledge TCP flag mask. */ + #define TCP_FLAG_ACK (1 << 4) + + /** Data Push TCP flag mask. */ + #define TCP_FLAG_PSH (1 << 3) + + /** Reset TCP flag mask. */ + #define TCP_FLAG_RST (1 << 2) + + /** Synchronize TCP flag mask. */ + #define TCP_FLAG_SYN (1 << 1) + + /** Connection Finalize TCP flag mask. */ + #define TCP_FLAG_FIN (1 << 0) + + /** Application macro: Determines if the given application buffer contains a packet received from the host + * + * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains a packet from the host, \c false otherwise + */ + #define TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer) (Buffer->Ready && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN)) + + /** Application macro: Indicates if the application buffer is currently locked by the application for device-to-host transfers. + * + * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer has been captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise + */ + #define TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer) (!(Buffer->Ready) && Buffer->InUse && \ + (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT)) + + /** Application macro: Indicates if the application can lock the buffer for multiple continued device-to-host transmissions. + * + * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer may be captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise + */ + #define TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) Buffer->InUse + + /** Application macro: Captures the application buffer, locking it for device-to-host transmissions only. This should be + * performed when the application needs to transmit several packets worth of data in succession with no interruptions from the host. + * + * \pre The application must check that the buffer can be locked first using TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(). + * + * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to lock + */ + #define TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->InUse = true; } while (0) + + /** Application macro: Releases a captured application buffer, allowing for host-to-device packets to be received. + * + * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to release + */ + #define TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->InUse = false; } while (0) + + /** Application macro: Sends the contents of the given application buffer to the host. + * + * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to send + * \param[in] Len Length of data contained in the buffer + */ + #define TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Len) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->Length = Len; Buffer->Ready = true; } while (0) + + /** Application macro: Clears the application buffer, ready for a packet to be written to it. + * + * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to clear + */ + #define TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Ready = false; Buffer->Length = 0; } while (0) + + /** Application macro: Closes an open connection to a host. + * + * \param[in] Connection Open TCP connection to close + */ + #define TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(Connection) do { Connection->State = TCP_Connection_Closing; } while (0) + + /* Enums: */ + /** Enum for possible TCP port states. */ + enum TCP_PortStates_t + { + TCP_Port_Closed = 0, /**< TCP port closed, no connections to a host may be made on this port. */ + TCP_Port_Open = 1, /**< TCP port open, connections to a host may be made on this port. */ + }; + + /** Enum for possible TCP connection states. */ + enum TCP_ConnectionStates_t + { + TCP_Connection_Listen = 0, /**< Listening for a connection from a host */ + TCP_Connection_SYNSent = 1, /**< Unused */ + TCP_Connection_SYNReceived = 2, /**< SYN received, waiting for ACK */ + TCP_Connection_Established = 3, /**< Connection established in both directions */ + TCP_Connection_FINWait1 = 4, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */ + TCP_Connection_FINWait2 = 5, /**< Closing, waiting for FIN ACK */ + TCP_Connection_CloseWait = 6, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */ + TCP_Connection_Closing = 7, /**< Unused */ + TCP_Connection_LastACK = 8, /**< Unused */ + TCP_Connection_TimeWait = 9, /**< Unused */ + TCP_Connection_Closed = 10, /**< Connection closed in both directions */ + }; + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for a TCP connection buffer structure, including size, data and direction. */ + typedef struct + { + uint16_t Length; /**< Length of data in the TCP application buffer */ + uint8_t Data[TCP_WINDOW_SIZE]; /**< TCP application data buffer */ + bool Direction; /**< Buffer transmission direction, either TCP_PACKETDIR_IN or TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT */ + bool Ready; /**< If data from host, indicates buffer ready to be read, otherwise indicates + * buffer ready to be sent to the host + */ + bool InUse; /**< Indicates if the buffer is locked to to the current direction, and cannot be changed */ + } TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t; + + /** Type define for a TCP connection information structure. */ + typedef struct + { + uint32_t SequenceNumberIn; /**< Current TCP sequence number for host-to-device */ + uint32_t SequenceNumberOut; /**< Current TCP sequence number for device-to-host */ + TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t Buffer; /**< Connection application data buffer */ + } TCP_ConnectionInfo_t; + + /** Type define for a complete TCP connection state. */ + typedef struct + { + uint16_t Port; /**< Connection port number on the device */ + uint16_t RemotePort; /**< Connection port number on the host */ + IP_Address_t RemoteAddress; /**< Connection protocol IP address of the host */ + TCP_ConnectionInfo_t Info; /**< Connection information, including application buffer */ + uint8_t State; /**< Current connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum */ + } TCP_ConnectionState_t; + + /** Type define for a TCP port state. */ + typedef struct + { + uint16_t Port; /**< TCP port number on the device */ + uint8_t State; /**< Current port state, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum */ + void (*ApplicationHandler) (TCP_ConnectionState_t* ConnectionState, + TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* Buffer); /**< Port application handler */ + } TCP_PortState_t; + + /** Type define for a TCP packet header. */ + typedef struct + { + uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Source port of the TCP packet */ + uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Destination port of the TCP packet */ + + uint32_t SequenceNumber; /**< Data sequence number of the packet */ + uint32_t AcknowledgmentNumber; /**< Data acknowledgment number of the packet */ + + unsigned Reserved : 4; /**< Reserved, must be all 0 */ + unsigned DataOffset : 4; /**< Offset of the data from the start of the header, in 4 byte chunks */ + uint8_t Flags; /**< TCP packet flags */ + uint16_t WindowSize; /**< Current data window size (bytes remaining in reception buffer) */ + + uint16_t Checksum; /**< TCP checksum */ + uint16_t UrgentPointer; /**< Urgent data pointer */ + } TCP_Header_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void TCP_Init(void); + void TCP_Task(void); + bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port, + const uint8_t State, + void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*)); + uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port); + bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port, + const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress, + const uint16_t RemotePort, + const uint8_t State); + uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port, + const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress, + const uint16_t RemotePort); + TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port, + const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress, + const uint16_t RemotePort); + int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, + void* TCPHeaderInStart, + void* TCPHeaderOutStart); + + #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C) + static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart, + const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress, + const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress, + uint16_t TCPOutSize); + #endif + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03c19e00e --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles high throughput, low + * reliability packets which are typically used to encapsulate streaming data. + */ + +#define INCLUDE_FROM_UDP_C +#include "UDP.h" + +/** Processes a UDP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response + * to the output Ethernet frame if a sub-protocol handler has created a response packet. + * + * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header + * \param[in] UDPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's UDP header + * \param[out] UDPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's UDP header + * + * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise + */ +int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, + void* UDPHeaderInStart, + void* UDPHeaderOutStart) +{ + UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderIN = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderInStart; + UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderOUT = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart; + + int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE; + + DecodeUDPHeader(UDPHeaderInStart); + + switch (SwapEndian_16(UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort)) + { + case UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST: + RetSize = DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(IPHeaderInStart, + &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderInStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)], + &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)]); + break; + } + + /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */ + if (RetSize > 0) + { + /* Fill out the response UDP packet header */ + UDPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort; + UDPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = UDPHeaderIN->SourcePort; + UDPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0; + UDPHeaderOUT->Length = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize); + + /* Return the size of the response so far */ + return (sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize); + } + + return NO_RESPONSE; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d008cb8ed --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for UDP.c. + */ + +#ifndef _UDP_H_ +#define _UDP_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + + #include "EthernetProtocols.h" + #include "Ethernet.h" + #include "ProtocolDecoders.h" + #include "DHCP.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Source UDP port for a DHCP request. */ + #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST 67 + + /** Destination UDP port for a DHCP reply. */ + #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REPLY 68 + + /** Source UDP port for a DNS request/response. */ + #define UDP_PORT_DNS 53 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for a UDP packet header. */ + typedef struct + { + uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Packet source port */ + uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Packet destination port */ + uint16_t Length; /**< Total packet length, in bytes */ + uint16_t Checksum; /**< Optional UDP packet checksum */ + } UDP_Header_t; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, + void* UDPHeaderInStart, + void* UDPHeaderOutStart); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0d9e3647 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Simple webserver application for demonstrating the RNDIS demo and TCP/IP stack. This + * application will serve up a static HTTP webpage when requested by the host. + */ + +#include "Webserver.h" + +/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the + * given location, and gives extra connection information. + */ +const char PROGMEM HTTP200Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n" + "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n" + "Content-type: text/html\r\n" + "Connection: close\r\n\r\n"; + +/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given + * given URL is invalid, and gives extra error information. + */ +const char PROGMEM HTTP404Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n" + "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n" + "Connection: close\r\n\r\n"; + +/** HTTP page to serve to the host when a HTTP request is made. This page is too long for a single response, thus it is automatically + * broken up into smaller blocks and sent as a series of packets each time the webserver application callback is run. + */ +const char PROGMEM HTTPPage[] = + "<html>" + " <head>" + " <title>" + " LUFA Webserver Demo" + " </title>" + " </head>" + " <body>" + " <h1>Hello from your USB AVR!</h1>" + " <p>" + " Hello! Welcome to the LUFA RNDIS Demo Webserver test page, running on your USB AVR via the LUFA library. This demonstrates the HTTP webserver, TCP/IP stack and RNDIS demo all running atop the LUFA USB stack." + " <br /><br />" + " <small>Project Information: <a href=\"http://www.lufa-lib.org\">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a>.</small>" + " <hr />" + " <i>LUFA Version: </i>" LUFA_VERSION_STRING + " </p>" + " </body>" + "</html>"; + + +/** Initializes the Webserver application, opening the appropriate HTTP port in the TCP handler and registering the application + * callback routine for packets sent to the HTTP protocol port. + */ +void Webserver_Init(void) +{ + /* Open the HTTP port in the TCP protocol so that HTTP connections to the device can be established */ + TCP_SetPortState(TCP_PORT_HTTP, TCP_Port_Open, Webserver_ApplicationCallback); +} + +/** Indicates if a given request equals the given HTTP command. + * + * \param[in] RequestHeader HTTP request made by the host + * \param[in] Command HTTP command to compare the request to + * + * \return Boolean \c true if the command matches the request, \c false otherwise + */ +static bool IsHTTPCommand(uint8_t* RequestHeader, + char* Command) +{ + /* Returns true if the non null terminated string in RequestHeader matches the null terminated string Command */ + return (strncmp((char*)RequestHeader, Command, strlen(Command)) == 0); +} + +/** Application callback routine, executed each time the TCP processing task runs. This callback determines what request + * has been made (if any), and serves up appropriate responses. + * + * \param[in] ConnectionState Pointer to a TCP Connection State structure giving connection information + * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to the application's send/receive packet buffer + */ +void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState, + TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer) +{ + char* BufferDataStr = (char*)Buffer->Data; + static uint8_t PageBlock = 0; + + /* Check to see if a packet has been received on the HTTP port from a remote host */ + if (TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer)) + { + if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET")) + { + if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET / ")) + { + PageBlock = 0; + + /* Copy the HTTP 200 response header into the packet buffer */ + strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header); + + /* Send the buffer contents to the host */ + TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr)); + + /* Lock the buffer to Device->Host transmissions only while we send the page contents */ + TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer); + } + else + { + /* Copy the HTTP 404 response header into the packet buffer */ + strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header); + + /* Send the buffer contents to the host */ + TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr)); + + /* All data sent, close the connection */ + TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState); + } + } + else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD")) + { + if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD / ")) + { + /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */ + strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header); + + /* Send the buffer contents to the host */ + TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr)); + } + else + { + /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */ + strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header); + + /* Send the buffer contents to the host */ + TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr)); + } + + /* All data sent, close the connection */ + TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState); + } + else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "TRACE")) + { + /* Echo the host's query back to the host */ + TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Buffer->Length); + + /* All data sent, close the connection */ + TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState); + } + else + { + /* Unknown request, just clear the buffer (drop the packet) */ + TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer); + } + } + else if (TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer)) + { + uint16_t RemLength = strlen_P(&HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE]); + uint16_t Length; + + /* Determine the length of the loaded block */ + Length = MIN(RemLength, HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE); + + /* Copy the next buffer sized block of the page to the packet buffer */ + strncpy_P(BufferDataStr, &HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE], Length); + + /* Send the buffer contents to the host */ + TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Length); + + /* Check to see if the entire page has been sent */ + if (PageBlock++ == (sizeof(HTTPPage) / HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE)) + { + /* Unlock the buffer so that the host can fill it with future packets */ + TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer); + + /* Close the connection to the host */ + TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState); + } + } +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a73bd3338 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Webserver.c. + */ + +#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_ +#define _WEBSERVER_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + #include <LUFA/Version.h> + + #include "TCP.h" + + /* Macros: */ + /** Maximum size of a HTTP response per transmission */ + #define HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE 128 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void Webserver_Init(void); + void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState, + TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1dd7a788 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c @@ -0,0 +1,294 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the RNDISEthernet demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "RNDISEthernet.h" + +/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then + * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + /* Webserver Initialization */ + TCP_Init(); + Webserver_Init(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + Ethernet_Task(); + TCP_Task(); + RNDIS_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + LEDs_Init(); + Serial_Init(9600, false); + USB_Init(); + + /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */ + Serial_CreateStream(NULL); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops all the relevant tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the RNDIS device endpoints and starts the relevant tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup RNDIS Data Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Process RNDIS class commands */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Read in the RNDIS message into the message buffer */ + Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISMessageBuffer, USB_ControlRequest.wLength); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Process the RNDIS message */ + ProcessRNDISControlMessage(); + } + + break; + case RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + /* Check if a response to the last message is ready */ + if (!(MessageHeader->MessageLength)) + { + /* Set the response to a single 0x00 byte to indicate that no response is ready */ + RNDISMessageBuffer[0] = 0; + MessageHeader->MessageLength = 1; + } + + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the message response data to the endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISMessageBuffer, MessageHeader->MessageLength); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Reset the message header once again after transmission */ + MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0; + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Task to manage the sending and receiving of encapsulated RNDIS data and notifications. This removes the RNDIS + * wrapper from received Ethernet frames and places them in the FrameIN global buffer, or adds the RNDIS wrapper + * to a frame in the FrameOUT global before sending the buffer contents to the host. + */ +void RNDIS_Task(void) +{ + /* Select the notification endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR); + + /* Check if a message response is ready for the host */ + if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && ResponseReady) + { + USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t) + { + .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE), + .bRequest = RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable, + .wValue = 0, + .wIndex = 0, + .wLength = 0, + }; + + /* Indicate that a message response is ready for the host */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(Notification), NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Indicate a response is no longer ready */ + ResponseReady = false; + } + + /* Don't process the data endpoints until the system is in the data initialized state, and the buffer is free */ + if ((CurrRNDISState == RNDIS_Data_Initialized) && !(MessageHeader->MessageLength)) + { + /* Create a new packet header for reading/writing */ + RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader; + + /* Select the data OUT endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR); + + /* Check if the data OUT endpoint contains data, and that the IN buffer is empty */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && !(FrameIN.FrameLength)) + { + /* Read in the packet message header */ + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL); + + /* Stall the request if the data is too large */ + if (RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength > ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX) + { + Endpoint_StallTransaction(); + return; + } + + /* Read in the Ethernet frame into the buffer */ + Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(FrameIN.FrameData, RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength, NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + + /* Store the size of the Ethernet frame */ + FrameIN.FrameLength = RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength; + } + + /* Select the data IN endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR); + + /* Check if the data IN endpoint is ready for more data, and that the IN buffer is full */ + if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && FrameOUT.FrameLength) + { + /* Clear the packet header with all 0s so that the relevant fields can be filled */ + memset(&RNDISPacketHeader, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t)); + + /* Construct the required packet header fields in the buffer */ + RNDISPacketHeader.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG; + RNDISPacketHeader.MessageLength = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + FrameOUT.FrameLength); + RNDISPacketHeader.DataOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)); + RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength = FrameOUT.FrameLength; + + /* Send the packet header to the host */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL); + + /* Send the Ethernet frame data to the host */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(FrameOUT.FrameData, RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength, NULL); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* Indicate Ethernet OUT buffer no longer full */ + FrameOUT.FrameLength = 0; + } + } +} + +/** Ethernet frame processing task. This task checks to see if a frame has been received, and if so hands off the processing + * of the frame to the Ethernet processing routines. + */ +void Ethernet_Task(void) +{ + /* Task for Ethernet processing. Incoming ethernet frames are loaded into the FrameIN structure, and + outgoing frames should be loaded into the FrameOUT structure. Both structures can only hold a single + Ethernet frame at a time, so the FrameInBuffer bool is used to indicate when the buffers contain data. */ + + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Check if a frame has been written to the IN frame buffer */ + if (FrameIN.FrameLength) + { + /* Indicate packet processing started */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY); + + /* Process the ethernet frame - replace this with your own Ethernet handler code as desired */ + Ethernet_ProcessPacket(); + + /* Indicate packet processing complete */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY); + } +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89858a58b --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for RNDISEthernet.c. + */ + +#ifndef _RNDISETHERNET_H_ +#define _RNDISETHERNET_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include "Lib/RNDIS.h" + #include "Lib/Ethernet.h" + #include "Lib/TCP.h" + #include "Lib/ARP.h" + #include "Lib/Webserver.h" + #include "Config/AppConfig.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2 + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void RNDIS_Task(void); + void Ethernet_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2c2ac604 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage RNDIS Class Ethernet Demo (with Webserver/Telnet) + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Remote Network Driver Interface demonstration application. + * This gives a simple reference application for implementing + * a CDC RNDIS device acting as a simple network interface for + * ethernet packet exchange. RNDIS is a proprietary Microsoft + * standard; this demo will only work on Windows 2000 (manually + * patched with the Microsoft RNDIS hotfix) and above (with no + * manual patches), or on the latest Linux kernels. + * + * Before running, you will need to install the INF file that + * is located in the RNDISEthernet project directory. This will + * enable Windows to use its inbuilt RNDIS drivers, negating the + * need for special Windows drivers for the device. To install, + * right-click the .INF file and choose the Install option. If + * Windows 2000 is used, the Microsoft INF file in the hotfix + * will need to be altered to use the VID/PID of the demo and + * then chosen instead of the LUFA RNDIS INF file when prompted. + * + * When enumerated, this demo will install as a new network + * adapter which ethernet packets can be sent to and received + * from. Running on top of the adapter is a very simple TCP/IP + * stack with a HTTP webserver and TELNET host which can be + * accessed through a web browser at IP address 10.0.0.2:80 or + * through a TELNET client at 10.0.0.2:25. This device also supports + * ping echos via the ICMP protocol. + * + * \note The TCP/IP stack in this demo has a number of limitations + * and should serve as an example only - it is not fully featured nor + * compliant to the TCP/IP specification. For complete projects, it is + * recommended that it be replaced with an external open source TCP/IP + * stack that is feature complete, such as the uIP stack. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th> + * <th><b>Location:</b></th> + * <th><b>Description:</b></th> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>Configures the IP address given to the client (PC) via the DHCP server.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>SERVER_IP_ADDRESS</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>Configures the IP address of the virtual server.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>Configures the MAC address of the RNDIS adapter on the host (PC) side.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>Configures the MAC address of the virtual server on the network.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>NO_DECODE_ETHERNET</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, received Ethernet headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>NO_DECODE_ARP</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, received ARP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>NO_DECODE_IP</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, received IP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>NO_DECODE_ICMP</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, received ICMP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>NO_DECODE_TCP</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, received TCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>NO_DECODE_UDP</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, received UDP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td>NO_DECODE_DHCP</td> + * <td>AppConfig.h</td> + * <td>When defined, received DHCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bdbf635f --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet networking device demo, implementing a basic HTTP webserver. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISEthernet.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA RNDIS.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ARP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Ethernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ICMP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/IP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RNDIS.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/TCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/UDP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Webserver.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ARP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Ethernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ICMP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/IP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RNDIS.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/TCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/UDP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Webserver.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/EthernetProtocols.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..29d07c317 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82687c1f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = RNDISEthernet +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/Ethernet.c Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c Lib/RNDIS.c Lib/ICMP.c Lib/TCP.c Lib/UDP.c \ + Lib/DHCP.c Lib/ARP.c Lib/IP.c Lib/Webserver.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2d3227ac --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File + * + * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options, + * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through + * a makefile. + * + * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA + * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens". + */ + +#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ +#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_ + + #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL) + #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY +// #define USB_HOST_ONLY +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE +// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} +// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT +// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE + + #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + + /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */ +// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES + + /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY +// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here} +// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH + + /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */ + #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) +// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here} +// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT +// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS + + /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */ +// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS + #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS +// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS +// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL + #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8 +// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here} + #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1 +// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE + #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4 +// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP +// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER + + #else + + #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file. + + #endif +#endif diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ec042cb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c @@ -0,0 +1,245 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special + * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine + * the device's capabilities and functions. + */ + +#include "Descriptors.h" + + +/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall + * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the + * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration + * process begins. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor = +{ + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device}, + + .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol, + + .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE, + + .VendorID = 0x03EB, + .ProductID = 0x2044, + .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1), + + .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer, + .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product, + .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL, + + .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS +}; + +/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage + * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces + * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting + * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor = +{ + .Config = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration}, + + .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t), + .TotalInterfaces = 2, + + .ConfigurationNumber = 1, + .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR, + + .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED), + + .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100) + }, + + .CDC_CCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 1, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC_Functional_Header = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header, + + .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0), + }, + + .CDC_Functional_ACM = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM, + + .Capabilities = 0x06, + }, + + .CDC_Functional_Union = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface}, + .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union, + + .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI, + .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, + }, + + .CDC_NotificationEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF + }, + + .CDC_DCI_Interface = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface}, + + .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI, + .AlternateSetting = 0, + + .TotalEndpoints = 2, + + .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass, + .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass, + .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol, + + .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR + }, + + .CDC_DataOutEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + }, + + .CDC_DataInEndpoint = + { + .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint}, + + .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR, + .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA), + .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, + .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05 + } +}; + +/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests + * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate + * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG); + +/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable + * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera"); + +/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form, + * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device + * Descriptor. + */ +const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC Demo"); + +/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors" + * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given + * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function + * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the + * USB host. + */ +uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) +{ + const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8); + const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF); + + const void* Address = NULL; + uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR; + + switch (DescriptorType) + { + case DTYPE_Device: + Address = &DeviceDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t); + break; + case DTYPE_Configuration: + Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor; + Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t); + break; + case DTYPE_String: + switch (DescriptorNumber) + { + case STRING_ID_Language: + Address = &LanguageString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Manufacturer: + Address = &ManufacturerString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size); + break; + case STRING_ID_Product: + Address = &ProductString; + Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size); + break; + } + + break; + } + + *DescriptorAddress = Address; + return Size; +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c50899ef9 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for Descriptors.c. + */ + +#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_ +#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + + #include <avr/pgmspace.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2) + + /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3) + + /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */ + #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4) + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */ + #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8 + + /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */ + #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16 + + /* Type Defines: */ + /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the + * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which + * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host. + */ + typedef struct + { + USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config; + + // CDC Control Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM; + USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint; + + // CDC Data Interface + USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint; + USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint; + } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t; + + /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor + * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the + * interface from other descriptors. + */ + enum InterfaceDescriptors_t + { + INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */ + INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */ + }; + + /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should + * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from + * other descriptors. + */ + enum StringDescriptors_t + { + STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */ + STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */ + STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */ + }; + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, + const uint16_t wIndex, + const void** const DescriptorAddress) + ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf new file mode 100644 index 000000000..21d2d12b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +;************************************************************ +; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File +; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation +;************************************************************ + +[DefaultInstall] +CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf" + +[Version] +Signature="$Windows NT$" +Class=Ports +ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318} +Provider=%MFGNAME% +DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0 + +[Manufacturer] +%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64 + +[SourceDisksNames] + +[SourceDisksFiles] + +[DestinationDirs] +DefaultDestDir=12 + +[DriverInstall] +Include=mdmcpq.inf +CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection +AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg + +[DriverInstall.Services] +Include=mdmcpq.inf +AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst + +[DriverInstall.AddReg] +HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider" + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; Vendor and Product ID Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side +; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match. +; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below. +; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs. +; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line. +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[DeviceList] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 + +[DeviceList.NTx86] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 + +[DeviceList.NTamd64] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 + +[DeviceList.NTia64] +%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044 + +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +; String Definitions +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +;Modify these strings to customize your device +;------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +[Strings] +MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org" +DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f83a84af --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Main source file for the VirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and + * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration. + */ + +#include "VirtualSerial.h" + +/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the virtual serial port. While this demo does not use + * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host + * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional. + * + * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately. + * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical + * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams. + */ +static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0, + .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit, + .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None, + .DataBits = 8 }; + + +/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial + * setup of all components and the main program loop. + */ +int main(void) +{ + SetupHardware(); + + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); + GlobalInterruptEnable(); + + for (;;) + { + CDC_Task(); + USB_USBTask(); + } +} + +/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */ +void SetupHardware(void) +{ +#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) + /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */ + MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF); + wdt_disable(); + + /* Disable clock division */ + clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); +#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) + /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */ + XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU); + XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL); + + /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */ + XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ); + XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB); + + PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm; +#endif + + /* Hardware Initialization */ + Joystick_Init(); + LEDs_Init(); + USB_Init(); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and + * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB enumerating */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via + * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) +{ + /* Indicate USB not ready */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration + * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) +{ + bool ConfigSuccess = true; + + /* Setup CDC Data Endpoints */ + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1); + ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1); + + /* Reset line encoding baud rate so that the host knows to send new values */ + LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = 0; + + /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */ + LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR); +} + +/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to + * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing + * internally. + */ +void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) +{ + /* Process CDC specific control requests */ + switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest) + { + case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t)); + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); + } + + break; + case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + + /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */ + Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t)); + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + + break; + case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState: + if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) + { + Endpoint_ClearSETUP(); + Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(); + + /* NOTE: Here you can read in the line state mask from the host, to get the current state of the output handshake + lines. The mask is read in from the wValue parameter in USB_ControlRequest, and can be masked against the + CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks to determine the RTS and DTR line states using the following code: + */ + } + + break; + } +} + +/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host. */ +void CDC_Task(void) +{ + char* ReportString = NULL; + uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus(); + static bool ActionSent = false; + + /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */ + if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) + return; + + /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */ + if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP) + ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN) + ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT) + ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT) + ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n"; + else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS) + ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n"; + else + ActionSent = false; + + /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */ + if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS) + { + ActionSent = true; + + /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR); + + /* Write the String to the Endpoint */ + Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString), NULL); + + /* Remember if the packet to send completely fills the endpoint */ + bool IsFull = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE); + + /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + + /* If the last packet filled the endpoint, send an empty packet to release the buffer on + * the receiver (otherwise all data will be cached until a non-full packet is received) */ + if (IsFull) + { + /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */ + Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(); + + /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */ + Endpoint_ClearIN(); + } + } + + /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */ + Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR); + + /* Throw away any received data from the host */ + if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()) + Endpoint_ClearOUT(); +} + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dab3d56d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* + LUFA Library + Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. + + dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com + www.lufa-lib.org +*/ + +/* + Copyright 2017 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com) + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this + software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted + without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this + permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting + documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the + software without specific, written prior permission. + + The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this + software, including all implied warranties of merchantability + and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any + special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages + whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether + in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action, + arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of + this software. +*/ + +/** \file + * + * Header file for VirtualSerial.c. + */ + +#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_ +#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_ + + /* Includes: */ + #include <avr/io.h> + #include <avr/wdt.h> + #include <avr/power.h> + #include <avr/interrupt.h> + #include <string.h> + + #include "Descriptors.h" + + #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> + #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> + #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h> + + /* Macros: */ + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1 + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4) + + /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */ + #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3) + + /* Function Prototypes: */ + void SetupHardware(void); + void CDC_Task(void); + + void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void); + void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void); + +#endif + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c802d9950 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/** \file + * + * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special + * documentation pages. It is not a project source file. + */ + +/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) Demo + * + * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility: + * + * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo. + * + * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7) + * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6) + * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) + * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) + * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU) + * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBx) + * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCx) + * + * \section Sec_Info USB Information: + * + * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td> + * <td>Device</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td> + * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td> + * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td> + * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td> + * </tr> + * <tr> + * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td> + * <td>Full Speed Mode</td> + * </tr> + * </table> + * + * \section Sec_Description Project Description: + * + * Communications Device Class demonstration application. + * This gives a simple reference application for implementing + * a CDC device acting as a virtual serial port. Joystick + * actions are transmitted to the host as strings. The device + * does not respond to serial data sent from the host. + * + * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer, + * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo + * project's directory as the device's driver when running under + * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, + * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other + * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt + * CDC-ACM drivers. + * + * \section Sec_Options Project Options + * + * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value. + * + * <table> + * <tr> + * <td> + * None + * </td> + * </tr> + * </table> + */ + diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb328b51 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aa21df582 --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile @@ -0,0 +1,2395 @@ +# Doxyfile 1.8.9 + +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. +# +# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in +# front of the TAG it is preceding. +# +# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. +# The format is: +# TAG = value [value, ...] +# For lists, items can also be appended using: +# TAG += value [value, ...] +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Project related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text +# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv +# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv +# for the list of possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by +# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the +# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the +# title of most generated pages and in a few other places. +# The default value is: My Project. + +PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Device Demo" + +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This +# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version +# control system is used. + +PROJECT_NUMBER = + +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a +# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. + +PROJECT_BRIEF = + +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included +# in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 +# pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy +# the logo to the output directory. + +PROJECT_LOGO = + +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path +# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is +# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If +# left blank the current directory will be used. + +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/ + +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- +# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and +# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this +# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where +# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes +# performance problems for the file system. +# The default value is: NO. + +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO + +# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII +# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII +# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode +# U+3044. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO + +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. +# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, +# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), +# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, +# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), +# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, +# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, +# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, +# Ukrainian and Vietnamese. +# The default value is: English. + +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English + +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member +# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class +# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. +# The default value is: YES. + +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES + +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief +# description of a member or function before the detailed description +# +# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. +# The default value is: YES. + +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES + +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is +# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found +# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text +# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated +# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the +# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of +# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, +# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. + +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ + "The $name widget" \ + "The $name file" \ + is \ + provides \ + specifies \ + contains \ + represents \ + a \ + an \ + the + +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then +# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief +# description. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO + +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment +# operators of the base classes will not be shown. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO + +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path +# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the +# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used +# The default value is: YES. + +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES + +# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. +# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand +# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to +# strip. +# +# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which +# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. +# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. + +STRIP_FROM_PATH = + +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the +# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which +# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of +# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should +# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler +# using the -I flag. + +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = + +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but +# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't +# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHORT_NAMES = YES + +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the +# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief +# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- +# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief +# description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first +# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If +# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus +# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) +# The default value is: NO. + +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO + +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a +# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as +# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is +# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this +# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. +# +# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are +# not recognized any more. +# The default value is: NO. + +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO + +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the +# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. +# The default value is: YES. + +INHERIT_DOCS = YES + +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new +# page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part +# of the file/class/namespace that contains it. +# The default value is: NO. + +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO + +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen +# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. + +TAB_SIZE = 4 + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in +# the documentation. An alias has the form: +# name=value +# For example adding +# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" +# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the +# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading +# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert +# newlines. + +ALIASES = + +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" +# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. + +TCL_SUBST = + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources +# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For +# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all +# members will be omitted, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or +# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored +# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, +# qualified scopes will look different, etc. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO + +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. +# The default value is: NO. + +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO + +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and +# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, +# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: +# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: +# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed +# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For +# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), +# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. +# +# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. +# +# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise +# the files are not read by doxygen. + +EXTENSION_MAPPING = + +# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments +# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can +# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in +# case of backward compatibilities issues. +# The default value is: YES. + +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO + +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented +# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can +# be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES + +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this +# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); +# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. +# The default value is: NO. + +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO + +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to +# enable parsing support. +# The default value is: NO. + +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO + +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: +# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen +# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead +# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. +# The default value is: NO. + +SIP_SUPPORT = NO + +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make +# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. +# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple +# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you +# should set this option to NO. +# The default value is: YES. + +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES + +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC +# tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly. +# The default value is: NO. + +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO + +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type +# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that +# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent +# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the +# \nosubgrouping command. +# The default value is: YES. + +SUBGROUPING = YES + +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions +# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) +# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX +# and RTF). +# +# Note that this feature does not work in combination with +# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO + +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions +# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in +# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, +# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set +# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and +# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO + +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or +# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be +# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. +# The default value is: NO. + +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO + +# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This +# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be +# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the +# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small +# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The +# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range +# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 +# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest +# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. + +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Build related configuration options +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private +# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the +# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. +# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are +# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ALL = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will +# be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal +# scope will be included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO + +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_STATIC = YES + +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined +# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, +# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect +# for Java sources. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES + +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, +# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are +# included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are +# included. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO + +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of +# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace +# are hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these +# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation +# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO + +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set +# to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option +# has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO + +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend +# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be +# included in the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO + +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these +# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO + +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a +# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation +# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO + +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file +# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. +# The default value is: system dependent. + +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with +# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the +# scope will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO + +# If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will +# append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to +# YES the compound reference will be hidden. +# The default value is: NO. + +HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO + +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of +# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES + +# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each +# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader +# which file to include in order to use the member. +# The default value is: NO. + +SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO + +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include +# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. +# The default value is: NO. + +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO + +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the +# documentation for inline members. +# The default value is: YES. + +INLINE_INFO = YES + +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. +# The default value is: YES. + +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES + +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief +# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member +# name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that +# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO + +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the +# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and +# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the +# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. +# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief +# member documentation. +# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting +# detailed member documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO + +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy +# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will +# appear in their defined order. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO + +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by +# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will +# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical +# list. +# The default value is: NO. + +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO + +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper +# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between +# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is +# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a +# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still +# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. +# The default value is: NO. + +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO + +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo +# list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test +# list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug +# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO + +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) +# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in +# the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES + +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation +# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label> +# ... \endcond blocks. + +ENABLED_SECTIONS = + +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the +# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the +# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here +# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The +# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be +# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the +# documentation regardless of this setting. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. + +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 + +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at +# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This +# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View +# (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_FILES = YES + +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces +# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the +# Folder Tree View (if specified). +# The default value is: YES. + +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES + +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via +# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided +# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file +# version. For an example see the documentation. + +FILE_VERSION_FILTER = + +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can +# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml +# will be used as the name of the layout file. +# +# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called +# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE +# tag is left empty. + +LAYOUT_FILE = + +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing +# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib +# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool +# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. +# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using +# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the +# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. + +CITE_BIB_FILES = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to +# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the +# messages are off. +# The default value is: NO. + +QUIET = YES + +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are +# generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES +# this implies that the warnings are on. +# +# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARNINGS = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate +# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag +# will automatically be disabled. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES + +# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters +# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using +# markup commands wrongly. +# The default value is: YES. + +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES + +# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that +# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return +# value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete +# parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES + +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen +# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which +# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated +# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will +# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via +# FILE_VERSION_FILTER) +# The default value is: $file:$line: $text. + +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" + +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error +# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard +# error (stderr). + +WARN_LOGFILE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the input files +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain +# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or +# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with +# spaces. +# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. + +INPUT = ./ + +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses +# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv +# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of +# possible encodings. +# The default value is: UTF-8. + +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the +# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii, +# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, +# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown, +# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, +# *.qsf, *.as and *.js. + +FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \ + *.c \ + *.txt + +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should +# be searched for input files as well. +# The default value is: NO. + +RECURSIVE = YES + +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. +# +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is +# run. + +EXCLUDE = Documentation/ + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded +# from the input. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO + +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude +# certain files from those directories. +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = + +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test +# +# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to +# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* + +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \ + INCLUDE_FROM_* + +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include +# command). + +EXAMPLE_PATH = + +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and +# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all +# files are included. + +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * + +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands +# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. +# The default value is: NO. + +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO + +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories +# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the +# \image command). + +IMAGE_PATH = + +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program +# by executing (via popen()) the command: +# +# <filter> <input-file> +# +# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the +# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter +# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag +# will be ignored. +# +# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the +# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added +# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. + +INPUT_FILTER = + +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter +# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how +# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the +# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. + +FILTER_PATTERNS = + +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using +# INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for +# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). +# The default value is: NO. + +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO + +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and +# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using +# *.ext= (so without naming a filter). +# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. + +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = + +# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that +# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page +# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub +# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. + +USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to source browsing +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be +# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. +# +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that +# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. +# The default value is: NO. + +SOURCE_BROWSER = NO + +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, +# classes and enums directly into the documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +INLINE_SOURCES = NO + +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any +# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and +# Fortran comments will always remain visible. +# The default value is: YES. + +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES + +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented +# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function +# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO + +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set +# to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and +# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will +# link to the documentation. +# The default value is: YES. + +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO + +# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the +# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, +# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this +# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you +# can opt to disable this feature. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES + +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will +# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in +# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system +# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version +# 4.8.6 or higher. +# +# To use it do the following: +# - Install the latest version of global +# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file +# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree +# - Run doxygen as normal +# +# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these +# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). +# +# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to +# source code will now point to the output of htags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. + +USE_HTAGS = NO + +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a +# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is +# specified. Set to NO to disable this. +# See also: Section \class. +# The default value is: YES. + +VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO + +# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the +# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the +# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template +# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type +# information. +# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was +# compiled with the --with-libclang option. +# The default value is: NO. + +CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO + +# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command +# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that +# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories +# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. +# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. + +CLANG_OPTIONS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all +# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of +# classes, structs, unions or interfaces. +# The default value is: YES. + +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES + +# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in +# which the alphabetical index list will be split. +# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 + +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will +# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag +# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored +# while generating the index headers. +# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. + +IGNORE_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the HTML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_HTML = YES + +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_OUTPUT = html + +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each +# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). +# The default value is: .html. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html + +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for +# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a +# standard header. +# +# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets +# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. +# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a +# default header using +# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css +# YourConfigFile +# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" +# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally +# uses. +# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the +# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description +# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_HEADER = + +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each +# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard +# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default +# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer +# that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_FOOTER = + +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style +# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of +# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style +# sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as +# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become +# obsolete. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets +# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. +# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the +# standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. +# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). For an example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the +# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the +# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_EXTRA_FILES = + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen +# will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to +# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value +# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 +# purple, and 360 is red again. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors +# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A +# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 + +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the +# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 +# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output +# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents +# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not +# change the gamma. +# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 + +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this +# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO + +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the +# page has loaded. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES + +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries +# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand +# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to +# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless +# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of +# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value +# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded +# tree by default. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 + +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development +# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with +# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a +# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in +# that directory and running make install will install the docset in +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at +# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html +# for more information. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO + +# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides +# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider +# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. +# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" + +# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation +# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. +# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify +# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style +# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher + +# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. +# The default value is: Publisher. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. + +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher + +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three +# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The +# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop +# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on +# Windows. +# +# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output +# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML +# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old +# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed +# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for +# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for +# compressed HTML files. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO + +# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm +# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be +# written to the html output directory. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_FILE = + +# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path +# including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, +# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. +# The file has to be specified with full path. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +HHC_LOCATION = + +# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated +# (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +GENERATE_CHI = NO + +# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) +# and project file content. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = + +# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated +# (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it +# enables the Previous and Next buttons. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +BINARY_TOC = NO + +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to +# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. + +TOC_EXPAND = YES + +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that +# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help +# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_QHP = NO + +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify +# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to +# the HTML output folder. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QCH_FILE = + +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help +# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace +# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project + +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt +# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual +# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- +# folders). +# The default value is: doc. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc + +# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom +# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = + +# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the +# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom +# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- +# filters). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this +# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: +# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = + +# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's +# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the +# generated .qhp file. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. + +QHG_LOCATION = + +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be +# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To +# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in +# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs +# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory +# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. +# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO + +# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this +# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. +# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. + +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project + +# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might +# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The +# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top +# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables +# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation +# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +DISABLE_INDEX = YES + +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag +# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like +# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this +# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required +# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the +# HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can +# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style +# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at +# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has +# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting +# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES + +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that +# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. +# +# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing +# in the overview section. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1 + +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used +# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 + +# If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to +# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO + +# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in +# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful +# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML +# output directory to force them to be regenerated. +# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not +# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. +# +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in +# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see +# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering +# instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX +# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When +# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path +# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +USE_MATHJAX = NO + +# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for +# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: +# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. +# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best +# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. +# The default value is: HTML-CSS. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS + +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML +# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory +# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory +# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax +# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing +# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of +# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. +# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest + +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax +# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example +# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = + +# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces +# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site +# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an +# example see the documentation. +# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. + +MATHJAX_CODEFILE = + +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for +# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and +# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help +# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) +# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. +# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then +# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to +# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S +# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically +# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down +# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated +# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel +# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the +# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys> +# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter +# option. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE = NO + +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be +# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There +# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH +# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and +# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing +# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section +# "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO + +# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP +# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file +# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an +# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the +# search results. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). +# +# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO + +# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server +# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled. +# +# Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and search engine +# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library +# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and +# Searching" for details. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHENGINE_URL = + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed +# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the +# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified. +# The default file is: searchdata.xml. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml + +# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the +# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is +# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple +# projects and redirect the results back to the right project. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID = + +# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen +# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are +# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a +# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of +# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is: +# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ... +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES. + +EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate LaTeX output. +# The default value is: YES. + +GENERATE_LATEX = NO + +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex + +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be +# invoked. +# +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating +# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is +# written to the output directory. +# The default file is: latex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex + +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate +# index for LaTeX. +# The default file is: makeindex. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex + +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact LaTeX +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +COMPACT_LATEX = NO + +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the +# printer. +# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x +# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches). +# The default value is: a4. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PAPER_TYPE = a4wide + +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names +# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for +# instance you can specify +# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times +# If left blank no extra packages will be included. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +EXTRA_PACKAGES = + +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the +# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See +# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the +# default header to a separate file. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The +# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title, +# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber, +# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empty +# string, for the replacement values of the other commands the user is referred +# to HTML_HEADER. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HEADER = + +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the +# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last +# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See +# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what +# special commands can be used inside the footer. +# +# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing! +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_FOOTER = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined +# LaTeX style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets created +# by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. Doxygen +# will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. +# Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last +# style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the +# list). +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = + +# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or +# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output +# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or +# markers available. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_EXTRA_FILES = + +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is +# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This +# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES + +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate +# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES, to get a +# higher quality PDF documentation. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +USE_PDFLATEX = YES + +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running +# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used +# when generating formulas in HTML. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO + +# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the +# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO + +# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source +# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info. +# The default value is: plain. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES. + +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the RTF output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate RTF output. The +# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF +# readers/editors. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_RTF = NO + +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: rtf. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf + +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES, doxygen generates more compact RTF +# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some +# trees in general. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +COMPACT_RTF = NO + +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will +# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML +# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online +# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those +# fields. +# +# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO + +# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config +# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements, +# missing definitions are set to their default value. +# +# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the +# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE = + +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is +# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated +# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE = + +# If the RTF_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source code +# with syntax highlighting in the RTF output. +# +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as +# SOURCE_BROWSER. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES. + +RTF_SOURCE_CODE = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the man page output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate man pages for +# classes and files. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_MAN = NO + +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by +# MAN_OUTPUT. +# The default directory is: man. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_OUTPUT = man + +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated +# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number +# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is +# optional. +# The default value is: .3. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_EXTENSION = .3 + +# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within +# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by +# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_SUBDIR = + +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it +# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real +# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without +# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES. + +MAN_LINKS = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the XML output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an XML file that +# captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_XML = NO + +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a +# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of +# it. +# The default directory is: xml. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_OUTPUT = xml + +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will dump the program +# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to +# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size +# of the XML output. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES. + +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate Docbook files +# that can be used to generate PDF. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO + +# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put. +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in +# front of it. +# The default directory is: docbook. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook + +# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES, doxygen will include the +# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing +# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly +# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES. + +DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate an +# AutoGen Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the +# structure of the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is +# still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the Perl module output +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a Perl module +# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation. +# +# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment. +# The default value is: NO. + +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate the necessary +# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI +# output from the Perl module output. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO + +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES, the Perl module output will be nicely +# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to +# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO, the +# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it +# just the same. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES + +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are +# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful +# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't +# overwrite each other's variables. +# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES. + +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES, doxygen will evaluate all +# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files. +# The default value is: YES. + +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES, doxygen will expand all macro names +# in the source code. If set to NO, only conditional compilation will be +# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting +# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +MACRO_EXPANSION = YES + +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then +# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and +# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES + +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES, the include files in the +# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES + +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the +# preprocessor. +# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_PATH = + +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be +# used. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS = + +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are +# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g. +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or +# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1" +# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or +# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \ + PROGMEM + +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this +# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The +# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED +# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the +# definition found in the source code. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = + +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will +# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have +# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros +# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not +# removed. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES. + +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to external references +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag +# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of +# a tag file without this location is as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... +# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the +# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use +# of tag files. +# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include +# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is +# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here. + +TAGFILES = + +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a +# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to +# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files. + +GENERATE_TAGFILE = + +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES, all external class will be listed in +# the class index. If set to NO, only the inherited external classes will be +# listed. +# The default value is: NO. + +ALLEXTERNALS = NO + +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES, all external groups will be listed +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be +# listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES + +# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES, all external pages will be listed in +# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will +# be listed. +# The default value is: YES. + +EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES + +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script +# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl'). +# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl. + +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl + +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- +# Configuration options related to the dot tool +#--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate a class diagram +# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to +# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT +# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more +# powerful graphs. +# The default value is: YES. + +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO + +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see: +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the +# default search path. + +MSCGEN_PATH = + +# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will +# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The +# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides. +# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path. + +DIA_PATH = + +# If set to YES the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance +# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class. +# The default value is: YES. + +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES + +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see: +# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent +# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is +# set to NO +# The default value is: NO. + +HAVE_DOT = NO + +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed +# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of +# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value +# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing +# speed. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0 + +# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen +# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make +# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a +# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by +# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font. +# The default value is: Helvetica. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTNAME = + +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of +# dot graphs. +# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10 + +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with +# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set +# the path where dot can find it using this tag. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_FONTPATH = + +# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations. +# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CLASS_GRAPH = NO + +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a +# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation +# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the +# class with other documented classes. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for +# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GROUP_GRAPHS = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate inheritance and +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling +# Language. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LOOK = NO + +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the +# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may +# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the +# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0 +# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit +# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear, +# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to +# 10. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10 + +# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and +# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their +# instances. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO + +# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to +# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the +# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO + +# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are +# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing +# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented +# files. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callgraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALL_GRAPH = NO + +# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller +# dependency graph for every global function or class method. +# +# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run. +# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected +# functions only using the \callergraph command. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +CALLER_GRAPH = NO + +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical +# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO + +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the +# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The +# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the +# files in the directories. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO + +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images +# generated by dot. +# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order +# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this +# requirement). +# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg. +# The default value is: png. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png + +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning. +# +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested +# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. +# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make +# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO + +# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_PATH = + +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile +# command). +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOTFILE_DIRS = + +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile +# command). + +MSCFILE_DIRS = + +# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that +# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile +# command). + +DIAFILE_DIRS = + +# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the +# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed +# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will +# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and +# will not generate output for the diagram. + +PLANTUML_JAR_PATH = + +# When using plantuml, the specified paths are searched for files specified by +# the !include statement in a plantuml block. + +PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH = + +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes +# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes +# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized +# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct +# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that +# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15 + +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs +# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the +# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay +# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1 +# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also +# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction. +# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2 + +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem +# to support this out of the box. +# +# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to +# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to +# read). +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES + +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES to allow dot to generate multiple output +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support +# this, this feature is disabled by default. +# The default value is: NO. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO + +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page +# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated +# graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES + +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES, doxygen will remove the intermediate dot +# files that are used to generate the various graphs. +# The default value is: YES. +# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES. + +DOT_CLEANUP = YES diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b33840cae --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# +# -------------------------------------- +# LUFA Project Makefile. +# -------------------------------------- + +# Run "make help" for target help. + +MCU = at90usb1287 +ARCH = AVR8 +BOARD = USBKEY +F_CPU = 8000000 +F_USB = $(F_CPU) +OPTIMIZATION = s +TARGET = VirtualSerial +SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) +LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA +CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ +LD_FLAGS = + +# Default target +all: + +# Include LUFA-specific DMBS extension modules +DMBS_LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/LUFA +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-sources.mk +include $(DMBS_LUFA_PATH)/lufa-gcc.mk + +# Include common DMBS build system modules +DMBS_PATH ?= $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/DMBS/DMBS +include $(DMBS_PATH)/core.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/cppcheck.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/doxygen.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/dfu.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/gcc.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/hid.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/avrdude.mk +include $(DMBS_PATH)/atprogram.mk diff --git a/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a713c9d4c --- /dev/null +++ b/lib/lufa/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# +# LUFA Library +# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2017. +# +# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com +# www.lufa-lib.org +# + +# Makefile to build all the LUFA Device Demos. Call with "make all" to +# rebuild all Device demos. + +# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any +# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled +# code. + +PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */) + +# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad +# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if +# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails. +ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10) + $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED) +endif + +# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory +ifeq ($(OBJDIR),) + # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build + ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),) + MAKECMDGOALS := clean all + .NOTPARALLEL: + endif + + # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build + ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),) + MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS) + .NOTPARALLEL: + endif +endif + +%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES) + @echo . > /dev/null + +$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES): + @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS) + +.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES) |